Form 10-Q
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

(Mark One)

x

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended September 30, 2012

or

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 1-11921

 

 

E*TRADE Financial Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Delaware   94-2844166

(State or Other Jurisdiction

of Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1271 Avenue of the Americas, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10020

(Address of Principal Executive Offices and Zip Code)

(646) 521-4300

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

x

  

Accelerated filer

 

¨

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company

 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:

As of October 26, 2012, there were 286,057,303 shares of common stock outstanding.


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

FORM 10-Q QUARTERLY REPORT

For the Quarter Ended September 30, 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  

Item 1. Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     52   

Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss)

     52   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

     53   

Consolidated Balance Sheet

     54   

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity

     55   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     56   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     58   

Note 1—Organization, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     58   

Note 2—Operating Interest Income and Operating Interest Expense

     63   

Note 3—Fair Value Disclosures

     63   

Note 4—Available-for-Sale and Held-to-Maturity Securities

     73   

Note 5—Loans Receivable, Net

     77   

Note 6—Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

     87   

Note 7—Deposits

     90   

Note 8—Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings

     91   

Note 9—Corporate Debt

     92   

Note 10—Earnings (Loss) per Share

     92   

Note 11—Regulatory Requirements

     93   

Note 12—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Regulatory Matters

     94   

Note 13—Segment Information

     100   

Item  2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     3   

Overview

     3   

Earnings Overview

     6   

Segment Results Review

     16   

Balance Sheet Overview

     20   

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     24   

Risk Management

     29   

Concentrations of Credit Risk

     31   

Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     42   

Glossary of Terms

     44   

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     49   

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

     102   

PART II —OTHER INFORMATION

  

Item 1.     Legal Proceedings

     102   

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

     107   

Item 2.     Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

     110   

Item 3.     Defaults Upon Senior Securities

     110   

Item 4.     Mine Safety Disclosures

     110   

Item 5.     Other Information

     111   

Item 6.     Exhibits

     111   

Signatures

     112   

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “E*TRADE” mean E*TRADE Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries.

E*TRADE, E*TRADE Financial, E*TRADE Bank, Equity Edge, OptionsLink and the Converging Arrows logo are registered trademarks of E*TRADE Financial Corporation in the United States and in other countries.

 

2


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements involving risks and uncertainties. These statements relate to our future plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. These statements may be identified by the use of words such as “expect,” “may,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan” and similar expressions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements, and we caution that we do not undertake to update these statements. Factors that could contribute to our actual results differing from any forward-looking statements include those discussed under Risk Factors, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and elsewhere in this report. The cautionary statements made in this report should be read as being applicable to all forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this report. We further caution that there may be risks associated with owning our securities other than those discussed in our filings. Important factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statements are set forth in Item 1A. Risk Factors in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, and as updated in this report.

ITEM 2.     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document and with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

In analyzing and discussing our business, we utilize certain metrics, ratios and other terms that are defined in the Glossary of Terms, which is located at the end of Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

OVERVIEW

Strategy

Our core business is our trading and investing customer franchise. Building on the strengths of this franchise, our strategy is focused on:

 

   

Strengthening our overall financial and franchise position. We are focused on achieving and maintaining an enterprise-wide risk culture and platform consistent with industry best-practices and top tier regulatory guidelines and expectations. We plan on strengthening our overall capital structure by deleveraging the balance sheet and reducing costs.

 

   

Improving our market position in our retail brokerage business. We plan to grow our customer base by continuing to focus on developing innovative products and services, investing in our sales force, and continuously enhancing the customer experience.

 

   

Capitalizing on the value of our complementary brokerage businesses. Our corporate services and market making businesses enhance our strategy by allowing us to realize additional economic benefit from our retail brokerage business.

 

   

Enhancing our position in retirement and investing. We believe growing our retirement and investing products and services is key to our long term success. Our primary focus is to expand the reach of our brand along with the awareness of our products to this key customer segment.

 

   

Continuing to manage and de-risk the Bank. We are focused on optimizing the value of customer deposits, while continuing to mitigate credit losses in our loan portfolio. Our near term priorities are de-risking, de-leveraging and strengthening our risk management function. In addition, we do not plan to offer new banking products to customers, including mortgages.

 

3


Table of Contents

Key Factors Affecting Financial Performance

Our financial performance is affected by a number of factors outside of our control, including:

 

   

customer demand for financial products and services;

 

   

weakness or strength of the residential real estate and credit markets;

 

   

performance, volume and volatility of the equity and capital markets;

 

   

customer perception of the financial strength of our franchise;

 

   

market demand and liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage loans and securities;

 

   

market demand and liquidity in the wholesale borrowings market, including securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

 

   

our ability to obtain regulatory approval to move capital from our bank to our parent company; and

 

   

changes to the rules and regulations governing the financial services industry.

In addition to the items noted above, our success in the future will depend upon, among other things, our ability to:

 

   

have continued success in the acquisition, growth and retention of brokerage customers;

 

   

generate meaningful growth in the retirement and investing customer group;

 

   

strengthen our risk management function;

 

   

reduce credit costs and the size of the balance sheet;

 

   

generate capital sufficient to meet our operating needs at both our bank and our parent company;

 

   

assess and manage interest rate risk; and

 

   

have disciplined expense control and improved operational efficiency.

Management monitors a number of metrics in evaluating the Company’s performance. The most significant of these are shown in the table and discussed in the text below:

 

     As of or For the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Variance     As of or For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Variance  
    2012     2011     2012 vs. 2011     2012     2011     2012 vs. 2011  

Customer Activity Metrics:

           

DARTs

    128,701       164,715       (22 )%      141,399       163,234       (13 )% 

Average commission per trade

  $ 11.24     $ 10.76       4   $ 10.98     $ 11.08       (1 )% 

Margin receivables (dollars in billions)

  $ 5.6     $ 5.2       8   $ 5.6     $ 5.2       8

End of period brokerage accounts

    2,892,852       2,772,816       4     2,892,852       2,772,816       4

Net new brokerage accounts

    18,247       13,043       *        109,840       88,505       *   

Annualized brokerage account attrition rate

    8.5     10.5     *        8.7     10.5     *   

Customer assets (dollars in billions)

  $ 204.1     $ 159.9       28   $ 204.1     $ 159.9       28

Net new brokerage assets (dollars in billions)

  $ 1.9     $ 2.6       *      $ 8.1     $ 8.0       *   

Brokerage related cash (dollars in billions)

  $ 32.6     $ 26.1       25   $ 32.6     $ 26.1       25

Company Financial Metrics:

           

Corporate cash (dollars in millions)

  $ 430.8     $ 438.2       (2 )%    $ 430.8     $ 438.2       (2 )% 

E*TRADE Financial Tier 1 leverage ratio

    5.8     5.7     0.1     5.8     5.7     0.1

E*TRADE Financial Tier 1 common ratio

    10.9     9.3     1.6     10.9     9.3     1.6

E*TRADE Bank Tier 1 leverage ratio(1)

    7.9     8.1     (0.2 )%      7.9     8.1     (0.2 )% 

Special mention loan delinquencies (dollars in millions)

  $ 327.4     $ 458.7       (29 )%    $ 327.4     $ 458.7       (29 )% 

Allowance for loan losses (dollars in millions)

  $ 508.3     $ 820.1       (38 )%    $ 508.3     $ 820.1       (38 )% 

Enterprise net interest spread

    2.28     2.81     (0.53 )%      2.41     2.85     (0.44 )% 

Enterprise interest-earning assets (average dollars in billions)

  $ 44.9     $ 42.7       5   $ 44.8     $ 42.8       5

 

*   

Percentage not meaningful.

(1)   

The Company transitioned from reporting under the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) reporting requirements to reporting under the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) reporting requirements in the first quarter of 2012. The Tier 1 leverage ratio is the OCC Tier 1 leverage ratio as of September 30, 2012 and the OTS Tier 1 capital ratio at September 30, 2011. The OTS Tier 1 capital ratio and OCC Tier 1 leverage ratio are both calculated in the same manner using adjusted total assets.

 

4


Table of Contents

Customer Activity Metrics

 

   

DARTs are the predominant driver of commissions revenue from our customers.

 

   

Average commission per trade is an indicator of changes in our customer mix, product mix and/or product pricing.

 

   

Margin receivables represent credit extended to customers to finance their purchases of securities by borrowing against securities they own. Margin receivables are a key driver of net operating interest income.

 

   

End of period brokerage accounts, net new brokerage accounts and annualized brokerage account attrition rate are indicators of our ability to attract and retain brokerage customers. The brokerage account attrition rate is calculated by dividing attriting brokerage accounts, which are gross new brokerage accounts less net new brokerage accounts, by total brokerage accounts at the previous period end. This rate is presented on an annualized basis.

 

   

Changes in customer assets are an indicator of the value of our relationship with the customer. An increase in customer assets generally indicates that the use of our products and services by existing and new customers is expanding. Changes in this metric are also driven by changes in the valuations of our customers’ underlying securities.

 

   

Net new brokerage assets are total inflows to all new and existing brokerage accounts less total outflows from all closed and existing brokerage accounts and are a general indicator of the use of our products and services by existing and new brokerage customers.

 

   

Brokerage related cash is an indicator of the level of engagement with our brokerage customers and is a key driver of net operating interest income.

Company Financial Metrics

 

   

Corporate cash is an indicator of the liquidity at the parent company. It is the primary source of capital above and beyond the capital deployed in our regulated subsidiaries.

 

   

E*TRADE Financial Tier 1 leverage ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average total assets for leverage capital purposes for the parent company. E*TRADE Financial Tier 1 common ratio is Tier 1 capital less elements of Tier 1 capital that are not in the form of common equity, such as trust preferred securities, divided by total risk-weighted assets for the holding company. The Tier 1 leverage and Tier 1 common ratios are non-GAAP measures as the parent company is not yet held to these regulatory capital requirements and are indications of E*TRADE Financial’s capital adequacy. See Liquidity and Capital Resources for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures to the comparable GAAP measures.

 

   

E*TRADE Bank Tier 1 leverage ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted total assets for E*TRADE Bank and is an indication of E*TRADE Bank’s capital adequacy.

 

   

Special mention loan delinquencies are loans 30-89 days past due and are an indicator of the expected trend for charge-offs in future periods as these loans have a greater propensity to migrate into nonaccrual status and ultimately charge-off.

 

   

Allowance for loan losses is an estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date and is typically equal to management’s forecast of loan losses in the twelve months following the balance sheet date as well as the forecasted losses, including economic concessions to borrowers, over the estimated remaining life of loans modified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”). See Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates for a discussion of the estimates and assumptions used in the allowance for loan losses.

 

   

Enterprise interest-earning assets, in conjunction with our enterprise net interest spread, are indicators of our ability to generate net operating interest income.

 

5


Table of Contents

Significant Events in the Third Quarter of 2012

Enhancements to Our Trading and Investing Products and Services

 

   

We launched OneStop Rollover, an online program to simplify the process for individuals to invest their 401(k) savings from a previous employer into a professionally-managed portfolio; and

 

   

We launched our E*TRADE Mobile offering for Windows® Phone, providing customers access to accounts, real-time quotes and market news, and the ability to trade stocks.

Market Recognition

 

   

We were ranked the nation’s #1 online broker by Kiplinger’s magazine, receiving five stars rating in both the customer service and investment choices categories; and

 

   

Our corporate services business received top-ratings in overall satisfaction for our commercial administration systems, plan reporting and technology platform by Group Five, an independent consulting and research firm, in their 2012 Stock Plan Administration Study.

EARNINGS OVERVIEW

We incurred a net loss of $28.6 million and generated net income of $73.5 million, or a loss of $0.10 and earnings of $0.25 per diluted share, on total net revenue of $490.0 million and $1.4 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively. Net operating interest income decreased 15% and 11% to $260.9 million and $824.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011, which was driven primarily by a decrease in enterprise net interest spread during the comparable periods. Commissions, fees and service charges, principal transactions and other revenue decreased 15% and 14% to $152.5 million and $479.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011, which was driven primarily by decreases in trading activity during the comparable periods. In addition, gains on loans and securities, net increased 224% and 58% to $79.0 million and $138.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011.

Provision for loan losses increased 43% to $141.0 million and declined 12% to $280.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The increase for the three months ended September 30, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011 was driven primarily by an increase of $50 million related to charge-offs associated with newly identified bankruptcy filings. The decrease for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was driven primarily by improving credit trends and loan portfolio run-off. Total operating expenses decreased 15% to $289.0 million and decreased 6% to $876.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. These decreases were driven primarily by decreases in clearing and servicing and other operating expenses, partially offset by increases in compensation and benefits expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012.

The following sections describe in detail the changes in key operating factors and other changes and events that affected net revenue, provision for loan losses, operating expense, other income (expense) and income tax expense (benefit).

 

6


Table of Contents

Revenue

The components of revenue and the resulting variances are as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     Three Months
Ended September 30,
     Variance      Nine Months
Ended September 30,
     Variance  
        2012 vs. 2011         2012 vs. 2011  
     2012      2011      Amount      %      2012      2011      Amount      %  

Net operating interest income

   $ 260.9      $ 305.6      $ (44.7)         (15)%       $ 824.8      $ 930.7      $ (105.9)         (11)%   

Commissions

     90.4        113.4        (23.0)         (20)%         291.2        341.7        (50.5)         (15)%   

Fees and service charges

     30.9        29.5        1.4        5%         92.0        103.3        (11.3)         (11)%   

Principal transactions

     22.1        27.3        (5.2)         (19)%         67.5        80.6        (13.1)         (16)%   

Gains on loans and securities, net

     79.0        24.3        54.7        224%         138.6        87.7        50.9        58%   

Net impairment

     (2.4)         (3.2)         0.8        (25)%         (11.2)         (12.1)         0.9        (8)%   

Other revenues

     9.1        10.4        (1.3)         (12)%         28.9        29.7        (0.8)         (3)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total non-interest income

     229.2        201.7        27.5        14%         607.0        630.9        (23.9)         (4)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total net revenue

   $ 490.0      $ 507.3      $ (17.3)         (3)%       $ 1,431.8      $ 1,561.6      $ (129.8)         (8)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net Operating Interest Income

Net operating interest income decreased 15% and 11% to $260.9 million and $824.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. Net operating interest income is earned primarily through investing customer cash and deposits in enterprise interest-earning assets, which include: real estate loans, margin receivables, available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities.

 

7


Table of Contents

The following tables present enterprise average balance sheet data and enterprise income and expense data for our operations, as well as the related net interest spread, yields and rates and have been prepared on the basis required by the SEC’s Industry Guide 3, “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies” (dollars in millions):

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,  
     2012     2011  
     Average
Balance
     Operating
Interest
Inc./Exp.
     Average
Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
     Operating
Interest
Inc./Exp.
     Average
Yield/
Cost
 

Enterprise interest-earning assets:

  

Loans(1)

   $ 11,727.3      $ 118.7        4.05   $ 14,302.0      $ 169.7        4.75

Margin receivables

     5,604.0        55.5        3.94     5,404.7        55.6        4.08

Available-for-sale securities

     14,992.7        82.9        2.21     15,016.4        102.5        2.73

Held-to-maturity securities

     8,984.6        62.0        2.76     4,854.0        40.5        3.34

Cash and equivalents

     2,268.8        1.2        0.21     1,534.5        0.8        0.19

Segregated cash

     693.1        0.1        0.07     965.1        0.2        0.07

Securities borrowed and other

     582.8        11.9        8.12     604.7        13.1        8.58
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total enterprise interest-earning assets

     44,853.3        332.3        2.96     42,681.4        382.4        3.58
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Non-operating interest-earning and non-interest earning assets(2)

     4,724.1             4,198.9        
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total assets

   $ 49,577.4           $ 46,880.3        
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Enterprise interest-bearing liabilities:

  

Deposits

   $ 28,631.4        5.8        0.08   $ 25,858.2        10.2        0.16

Customer payables

     5,646.2        2.9        0.20     5,492.1        2.3        0.16

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     4,709.2        40.1        3.34     5,345.7        37.9        2.78

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances and other borrowings

     2,622.3        24.2        3.60     2,733.9        27.3        3.90

Securities loaned and other

     705.2        —           0.02     627.6        0.4        0.24
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total enterprise interest-bearing liabilities

     42,314.3        73.0        0.68     40,057.5        78.1        0.77
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Non-operating interest-bearing and non-interest bearing liabilities(3)

     2,155.6             1,915.0        
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities

     44,469.9             41,972.5        

Total shareholders’ equity

     5,107.5             4,907.8        
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 49,577.4           $ 46,880.3        
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Excess of enterprise interest-earning assets over enterprise interest-bearing liabilities/Enterprise net interest income/Spread

   $ 2,539.0      $ 259.3        2.28   $ 2,623.9      $ 304.3        2.81
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Enterprise net interest margin (net yield on enterprise interest-earning assets)

  

     2.31           2.85

Ratio of enterprise interest-earning assets to enterprise interest-bearing liabilities

  

     106.00           106.55

Return on average:

  

          

Total assets

           (0.23 )%            0.60

Total shareholders’ equity

           (2.20 )%            5.76

Average equity to average total assets

           10.30           10.47

Reconciliation from enterprise net interest income to net operating interest income (dollars in millions):

 

      Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011  

Enterprise net interest income

   $ 259.3     $ 304.3   

Taxable equivalent interest adjustment

     (0.3     (0.3

Earnings on customer cash held by third parties and other(4)

     1.9       1.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating interest income

   $ 260.9     $ 305.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   

Nonaccrual loans are included in the average loan balances. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are recognized on a cash basis in operating interest income until it is doubtful that full payment will be collected, at which point payments are applied to principal.

(2)   

Non-operating interest-earning and non-interest earning assets consist of certain segregated cash balances, property and equipment, net, goodwill, other intangibles, net and other assets that do not generate operating interest income. Some of these assets generate corporate interest income.

(3)   

Non-operating interest-bearing and non-interest bearing liabilities consist of corporate debt and other liabilities that do not generate operating interest expense. Some of these liabilities generate corporate interest expense.

(4)   

Includes revenue earned on average customer assets of $3.9 billion and $3.7 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, held by parties outside E*TRADE Financial, including third party money market funds and sweep deposit accounts at unaffiliated financial institutions.

 

8


Table of Contents
     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2012     2011  
     Average
Balance
     Operating
Interest
Inc./Exp.
     Average
Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
     Operating
Interest
Inc./Exp.
     Average
Yield/
Cost
 

Enterprise interest-earning assets:

                

Loans(1)

   $ 12,339.3      $ 383.2        4.14   $ 15,046.7      $ 537.0        4.76

Margin receivables

     5,365.8        158.9        3.95     5,526.3        170.6        4.13

Available-for-sale securities

     15,791.6        287.5        2.43     15,396.5        320.8        2.78

Held-to-maturity securities

     8,007.2        175.6        2.92     3,782.8        94.3        3.32

Cash and equivalents

     1,665.4        2.6        0.21     1,617.6        2.4        0.20

Segregated cash

     1,086.8        0.6        0.07     777.7        0.6        0.10

Securities borrowed and other

     581.7        37.2        8.55     629.1        35.3        7.51
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total enterprise interest-earning assets

     44,837.8        1,045.6        3.11     42,776.7        1,161.0        3.62
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Non-operating interest-earning and non-interest earning assets(2)

     4,590.3             4,319.8        
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total assets

   $ 49,428.1           $ 47,096.5        
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Enterprise interest-bearing liabilities:

                

Deposits

   $ 28,381.8        20.8        0.10   $ 25,862.5        34.2        0.18

Customer payables

     5,638.3        8.4        0.20     5,433.9        6.3        0.15

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     4,833.3        121.4        3.30     5,531.3        113.9        2.72

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances and other borrowings

     2,695.6        75.0        3.65     2,743.7        79.5        3.82

Securities loaned and other

     665.5        0.2        0.05     655.4        1.1        0.22
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total enterprise interest-bearing liabilities

     42,214.5        225.8        0.70     40,226.8        235.0        0.77
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Non-operating interest-bearing and non-interest bearing liabilities(3)

     2,168.7             2,303.2        
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities

     44,383.2             42,530.0        

Total shareholders’ equity

     5,044.9             4,566.5        
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 49,428.1           $ 47,096.5        
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Excess of enterprise interest-earning assets over enterprise interest-bearing liabilities/Enterprise net interest income/Spread

   $ 2,623.3      $ 819.8        2.41   $ 2,549.9      $ 926.0        2.85
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Enterprise net interest margin (net yield on enterprise interest-earning assets)

           2.44           2.89

Ratio of enterprise interest-earning assets to enterprise interest-bearing liabilities

           106.21           106.34

Return on average:

                

Total assets

           0.20           0.46

Total shareholders’ equity

           1.90           4.76

Average equity to average total assets

           10.21           9.70

Reconciliation from enterprise net interest income to net operating interest income (dollars in millions):

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011  

Enterprise net interest income

   $ 819.8     $ 926.0   

Taxable equivalent interest adjustment

     (0.9     (0.9

Earnings on customer cash held by third parties and other(4)

     5.9       5.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating interest income

   $ 824.8     $ 930.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   

Nonaccrual loans are included in the average loan balances. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are recognized on a cash basis in operating interest income until it is doubtful that full payment will be collected, at which point payments are applied to principal.

(2)   

Non-operating interest-earning and non-interest earning assets consist of certain segregated cash balances, property and equipment, net, goodwill, other intangibles, net and other assets that do not generate operating interest income. Some of these assets generate corporate interest income.

(3)   

Non-operating interest-bearing and non-interest bearing liabilities consist of corporate debt and other liabilities that do not generate operating interest expense. Some of these liabilities generate corporate interest expense.

(4)   

Includes revenue earned on average customer assets of $3.7 billion for both the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, held by parties outside E*TRADE Financial, including third party money market funds and sweep deposit accounts at unaffiliated financial institutions.

 

9


Table of Contents

The fluctuation in enterprise interest-earning assets is driven primarily by changes in enterprise interest-bearing liabilities, specifically customer cash and deposits. Average enterprise interest-earning assets increased 5% to $44.9 billion and 5% to $44.8 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. This was primarily a result of the increases in average held-to-maturity securities, offset by decreases in average loans.

Average enterprise interest-bearing liabilities increased 6% to $42.3 billion and 5% to $42.2 billion for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The increase in average enterprise interest-bearing liabilities was due primarily to an increase in average deposits offset by a decrease in average securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

Enterprise net interest spread decreased by 53 basis points to 2.28% and by 44 basis points to 2.41% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011, due primarily to lower yields on loans and the impact of the interest rate environment, which remains challenging. We expect our enterprise net interest spread to average slightly below 2.40% for the full year of 2012; however, spread may fluctuate based on the size and mix of the balance sheet.

Commissions

Commissions revenue decreased 20% to $90.4 million and 15% to $291.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The main factors that affect commissions are DARTs, average commission per trade and the number of trading days during the period. Average commission per trade is impacted by customer mix and the different commission rates on various trade types (e.g. equities, options, fixed income, stock plan, exchange-traded funds, mutual funds, forex and cross border). Accordingly, changes in the mix of trade types will impact average commission per trade.

DART volume decreased 22% to 128,701 and 13% to 141,399 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. Option-related DARTs as a percentage of total DARTs represented 25% of trading volume for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to 21% and 20% for the same periods in 2011. Exchange-traded funds-related DARTs as a percentage of total DARTs represented 8% of trading volume for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to 13% and 11% for the comparable periods in 2011.

Average commission per trade increased 4% to $11.24 and decreased 1% to $10.98 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The increase for the three months ended September 30, 2012 was driven primarily by favorable changes in customer and product mix; specifically customers who have a higher commission per trade traded more during the three months September 30, 2012 compared to our active trader customers, who generally have lower commission per trade, when compared to the same period in 2011. Average commission per trade decreased for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 due to unfavorable changes in customer and product mix when compared to the same period in 2011.

 

10


Table of Contents

Fees and Service Charges

Fees and service charges increased 5% to $30.9 million and decreased 11% to $92.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The increase for the three months ended September 30, 2012 was driven primarily by an increase in advisor management fees. The decrease for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was driven primarily by lower reorganization fee revenue related to a large public company reorganization in the second quarter of 2011 and by a decline in other fees and service charges due to decreased customer activity. The table below shows the components of fees and service charges and the resulting variances (dollars in millions):

 

    

Three Months Ended

September 30,

     Variance    

Nine Months Ended

September 30,

     Variance  
        2012 vs. 2011        2012 vs. 2011  
     2012      2011      Amount     %     2012      2011      Amount      %  

Order flow revenue

   $ 15.0      $ 14.9      $ 0.1       1   $ 43.7      $ 45.8      $ (2.1      (5 )% 

Mutual fund service fees

     4.2        4.1        0.1       2     12.0        11.8        0.2        2

Foreign exchange revenue

     2.6        2.3        0.3       13     8.1        8.9        (0.8      (9 )% 

Reorganization fees

     2.0        1.6        0.4       25     5.6        11.1        (5.5      (50 )% 

Advisor management fees

     1.8        0.8        1.0       125     4.3        3.6        0.7        19

Other fees and service charges

     5.3        5.8        (0.5     (9 )%      18.3        22.1        (3.8      (17 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total fees and service charges

   $ 30.9      $ 29.5      $ 1.4       5   $ 92.0      $ 103.3      $ (11.3      (11 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Principal Transactions

Principal transactions decreased 19% to $22.1 million and 16% to $67.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. Principal transactions are derived from our market making business in which we act as a market-maker for our brokerage customers’ orders as well as orders from third party customers. The decrease in principal transactions revenue was driven primarily by a decrease in average revenue per share earned for the three months ended September 30, 2012 when compared to same period in 2011. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the decrease was driven by a decrease in trading volume when compared to the same period in 2011.

Gains on Loans and Securities, Net

Gains on loans and securities, net were $79.0 million and $138.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to $24.3 million and $87.7 million for the same periods in 2011. We sold agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs during the third quarter of 2012 to reduce asset balances as a result of the early termination of $520 million in fixed rate wholesale borrowings. The table below shows the activity and resulting variances (dollars in millions):

 

    

Three Months Ended

September 30,

    Variance    

Nine Months Ended

September 30,

    Variance  
       2012 vs. 2011       2012 vs. 2011  
     2012     2011     Amount     %     2012     2011     Amount      %  

Gains on loans, net

   $ 0.2     $ 0.1     $ 0.1       *      $ 0.4     $ 0.2     $ 0.2        *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gains on available-for-sale securities, net

     80.1       25.9       54.2       217     145.1       87.0       58.1        72

Losses on trading securities, net

     —          (3.0     3.0       *        (0.1     (2.1     2.0        *   

Hedge ineffectiveness

     (1.3     1.3       (2.6     *        (6.8     2.6       (9.4      *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gains on securities, net

     78.8       24.2       54.6       224     138.2       87.5       50.7        58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gains on loans and securities, net

   $ 79.0     $ 24.3     $ 54.7       224   $ 138.6     $ 87.7     $ 50.9        58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

*  

Percentage not meaningful.

 

11


Table of Contents

Net Impairment

We recognized $2.4 million and $11.2 million of net impairment during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, on certain securities in our non-agency CMO portfolio due to continued deterioration in the expected credit performance of the underlying loans in those specific securities. The gross other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) and the noncredit portion of OTTI, which was or had been previously recorded through other comprehensive income, are shown in the table below (dollars in millions):

 

     Three Months Ended     Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,     September 30,  
     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”)

   $ (2.1   $ (1.0   $ (16.1   $ (7.9

Less: noncredit portion of OTTI recognized into (out of) other comprehensive income (loss) (before tax)

     (0.3     (2.2     4.9       (4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impairment

   $ (2.4   $ (3.2   $ (11.2   $ (12.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

Provision for loan losses increased 43% to $141.0 million and declined by 12% to $280.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The increase in provision for loan losses for the three months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily a result of $50 million in charge-offs associated with newly identified bankruptcy filings, with approximately 80% related to prior years. We utilize third party loan servicers to obtain bankruptcy data on our borrowers and during the third quarter of 2012, we identified an increase in bankruptcies reported by one specific servicer. In researching this increase, we discovered that the servicer had not been reporting historical bankruptcy data on a timely basis. As a result, we implemented an enhanced procedure around all servicer reporting to corroborate bankruptcy reporting with independent third party data. Through this additional process, approximately $90 million of loans were identified in which servicers failed to report the bankruptcy filing to us, approximately 90% of which were current at September 30, 2012. As a result, these loans were written down to the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs, or approximately $40 million, during the third quarter of 2012. These charge-offs resulted in an increase to provision for loan losses of $50 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012.

The decrease in provision for loan losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was driven primarily by improving credit trends, as evidenced by the lower levels of delinquent loans in the one- to four-family and home equity loan portfolios, and loan portfolio run-off, offset by the $50 million in charge-offs associated with newly identified bankruptcy filings during the third quarter of 2012. We expect provision for loan losses to continue to decline over the long term, although it is subject to variability in any given quarter.

 

12


Table of Contents

Operating Expense

The components of operating expense and the resulting variances are as follows (dollars in millions):

 

    

Three Months Ended

September 30,

     Variance    

Nine Months Ended

September 30,

     Variance  
        2012 vs. 2011        2012 vs. 2011  
     2012      2011      Amount     %     2012      2011      Amount      %  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 94.8      $ 80.5      $ 14.3       18   $ 272.6      $ 245.0      $ 27.6        11

Clearing and servicing

     30.8        34.7        (3.9     (11 )%      98.2        113.1        (14.9      (13 )% 

Advertising and market development

     26.1        27.3        (1.2     (5 )%      110.2        108.6        1.6        1

FDIC insurance premiums

     31.3        35.7        (4.4     (12 )%      86.9        80.3        6.6        8

Professional services

     20.4        19.8        0.6       3     60.7        64.7        (4.0      (6 )% 

Occupancy and equipment

     19.4        17.0        2.4       14     55.5        51.0        4.5        9

Communications

     17.5        16.9        0.6       4     55.0        49.7        5.3        11

Depreciation and amortization

     23.1        22.9        0.2       1     68.4        67.6        0.8        1

Amortization of other intangibles

     6.3        6.5        (0.2     (4 )%      18.9        19.6        (0.7      (4 )% 

Facility restructuring and other exit activities

     2.3        0.4        1.9       *        3.5        6.1        (2.6      *   

Other operating expenses

     17.0        80.0        (63.0     (79 )%      46.8        124.9        (78.1      (63 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expense

   $ 289.0      $ 341.7      $ (52.7     (15 )%    $ 876.7      $ 930.6      $ (53.9      (6 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

*  

Percentage not meaningful.

Compensation and Benefits

Compensation and benefits increased 18% to $94.8 million and 11% to $272.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The increase resulted primarily from $13 million in severance associated with the departure of our former Chief Executive Officer that was recorded during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Clearing and Servicing

Clearing and servicing decreased 11% to $30.8 million and 13% to $98.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. These decreases resulted primarily from lower trading volumes and lower loan balances compared to the same periods in 2011.

FDIC Insurance Premiums

FDIC insurance premiums decreased 12% to $31.3 million and increased 8% to $86.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The three months ended September 30, 2011 included approximately $6 million of FDIC insurance premium related to the implementation of an industry wide change in the FDIC insurance premium assessment effective in the second quarter of 2011. When our calculation was finalized in the third quarter of 2011, it resulted in an increase to the second quarter estimate for 2011. The increase for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was due primarily to the new FDIC insurance premium assessment calculation.

Communications

Communications expense increased 4% to $17.5 million and 11% to $55.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. This was driven primarily by increases in vendor service fees compared to the same periods in 2011.

 

13


Table of Contents

Other Operating Expenses

Other operating expenses decreased 79% to $17.0 million and 63% to $46.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The decrease was driven primarily by a reserve of $55 million that was recorded in the third quarter of 2011 related to our offer to purchase auction rate securities from eligible holders. The costs of this program, which expired on May 15, 2012, were approximately $10.2 million less than our previous estimate and the $10.2 million benefit was recorded during the second quarter of 2012.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) increased 118% to $96.3 million and 43% to $184.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011 as shown in the following table (dollars in millions):

 

    

Three Months Ended

September 30,

    Variance    

Nine Months Ended

September 30,

    Variance  
       2012 vs. 2011       2012 vs. 2011  
         2012             2011         Amount     %         2012             2011         Amount      %  

Corporate interest income

   $ —        $ —        $ —          *      $ —        $ 0.7     $ (0.7      *   

Corporate interest expense

     (45.5     (44.7     (0.8     2     (135.9     (132.9     (3.0      2

Gains (losses) on early extinguishment of debt

     (50.6     —          (50.6     *        (50.6     3.1       (53.7      *   

Equity in income (loss) of investments and venture funds

     (0.2     0.5       (0.7     *        1.8       0.2       1.6        *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total other income (expense)

   $ (96.3   $ (44.2   $ (52.1     118   $ (184.7   $ (128.9   $ (55.8      43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

*  

Percentage not meaningful.

Total other income (expense) included corporate interest expense on interest-bearing corporate debt for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. Corporate interest expense increased 2% to $45.5 million and $135.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011.

In addition, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, $50.6 million in losses on early extinguishment of debt were recorded, driven primarily by the early extinguishment of approximately $520 million in wholesale borrowings during the third quarter of 2012. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, $3.1 million in gain on early extinguishment of debt was recorded related to the call of the 7  3/8% Notes due September 2013 in the second quarter of 2011.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

For the three months ended September 30, 2012, income tax benefit and the effective tax rate was $(7.7) million and 21.1%, compared to $(47.8) million and (208.2)%, respectively for the same period in 2011. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, income tax expense and the effective tax rate were $16.8 million and 18.6%, compared to $21.5 million and 11.6%, respectively for the same period in 2011.

 

14


Table of Contents

During the first quarter of 2012, we recorded an income tax benefit of $26.3 million related to certain losses on the 2009 Debt Exchange that were previously considered non-deductible. Through additional research completed in the first quarter of 2012, we identified that a portion of those losses were incorrectly treated as non-deductible in 2009 and were deductible for tax purposes. The $26.3 million tax benefit resulted in a corresponding increase to the net deferred tax assets, which were $1,345.2 million as of September 30, 2012. Without this benefit, our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 would have been 47.7%, calculated as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Pre-tax
Income
     Tax Expense
(Benefit)
    Tax Rate  

Tax rate before tax benefit

   $ 90,231      $ 43,039       47.7

Income tax benefit related to certain losses on the 2009 Debt Exchange

     —           (26,284     N/A   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total as reported

   $ 90,231      $ 16,755       18.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

During the third quarter of 2011, we recorded an income tax benefit of $61.7 million related to the taxable liquidation of a European subsidiary. The subsidiary was liquidated for U.S. tax purposes in connection with our international restructuring activities. This liquidation resulted in the taxable recognition of certain losses, including historical acquisition premiums that we incurred internationally. This tax benefit resulted in a corresponding increase to the net deferred tax asset.

Valuation Allowance

We are required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income if we determine, based on available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. If we did conclude that a valuation allowance was required, the resulting loss could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We did not establish any valuation allowance against federal deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2012 as we believe that it is more likely than not that all of these assets will be realized. We continue to maintain a valuation allowance for certain of our state, foreign country and charitable contribution deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that they will not be realized.

Tax Ownership Change

During the third quarter of 2009, we exchanged $1.7 billion principal amount of interest-bearing debt for an equal principal amount of non-interest-bearing convertible debentures. Subsequent to the Debt Exchange, $592.3 million and $128.7 million debentures were converted into 57.2 million and 12.5 million shares of common stock during the third and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively. As a result of these conversions, we believe we experienced a tax ownership change during the third quarter of 2009.

As of the date of the ownership change, we had federal net operating losses (“NOLs”) available to carry forward of approximately $1,886 million. This number includes $479.7 million in federal NOLs that were recorded through the third quarter of 2012 due to amended tax returns filed related primarily to additional tax deductions on the 2009 Debt Exchange and additional tax losses on bad debts. Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the amount of post-ownership change taxable income a corporation may offset with pre-ownership change NOLs. We believe the tax ownership change will extend the period of time it will take to fully utilize our pre-ownership change NOLs, but will not limit the total amount of pre-ownership change NOLs we can utilize. Our updated estimate is that we will be subject to an overall annual limitation on the use of our pre-ownership

 

15


Table of Contents

change NOLs of approximately $194 million. The overall pre-ownership change NOLs, which were approximately $1,886 million, have a statutory carry forward period of 20 years (the majority of which expire in 16 years). As a result, we believe we will be able to fully utilize these NOLs in future periods.

Our ability to utilize the pre-ownership change NOLs is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income over the duration of the carry forward periods and will not be impacted by our ability or inability to generate taxable income in an individual year.

SEGMENT RESULTS REVIEW

We report operating results in two segments: 1) trading and investing; and 2) balance sheet management. Trading and investing includes retail brokerage products and services; investor-focused banking products; market making; and corporate services. Balance sheet management includes the management of asset allocation; loans previously originated by the Company or purchased from third parties; customer cash and deposits; and credit, liquidity and interest rate risk for the Company as described in the Risk Management section. Costs associated with certain functions that are centrally-managed are separately reported in a corporate/other category.

Trading and Investing

The following table summarizes trading and investing financial information and key metrics as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in millions, except for key metrics):

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Variance     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Variance  
       2012 vs. 2011       2012 vs. 2011  
     2012     2011     Amount     %     2012     2011     Amount     %  

Net operating interest income

   $ 156.8     $ 185.5     $ (28.7     (15 )%    $ 492.4     $ 566.1     $ (73.7     (13 )% 

Commissions

     90.4       113.4       (23.0     (20 )%      291.2       341.7       (50.5     (15 )% 

Fees and service charges

     30.3       29.3       1.0       4     89.7       101.2       (11.5     (11 )% 

Principal transactions

     22.1       27.3       (5.2     (19 )%      67.5       80.6       (13.1     (16 )% 

Other revenues

     7.8       7.4       0.4       5     24.4       23.2       1.2       5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total net revenue

     307.4       362.9       (55.5     (15 )%      965.2       1,112.8       (147.6     (13 )% 

Total operating expense

     180.4       237.8       (57.4     (24 )%      580.1       633.0       (52.9     (8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Trading and investing income

   $ 127.0     $ 125.1     $ 1.9       2   $ 385.1     $ 479.8     $ (94.7     (20 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Key Metrics:

                

DARTs

     128,701       164,715       (36,014     (22 )%      141,399       163,234       (21,835     (13 )% 

Average commission per trade

   $ 11.24     $ 10.76     $ 0.48       4   $ 10.98     $ 11.08     $ (0.10     (1 )% 

Margin receivables (dollars in billions)

   $ 5.6     $ 5.2     $ 0.4       8   $ 5.6     $ 5.2     $ 0.4       8

End of period brokerage accounts

     2,892,852       2,772,816       120,036       4     2,892,852       2,772,816       120,036       4

Net new brokerage accounts

     18,247       13,043       5,204       *        109,840       88,505       21,335       *   

Annualized brokerage account attrition rate

     8.5     10.5     (2.0 )%      *        8.7     10.5     (1.8 )%      *   

Customer assets (dollars in billions)

   $ 204.1     $ 159.9     $ 44.2       28   $ 204.1     $ 159.9     $ 44.2       28

Net new brokerage assets (dollars in billions)

   $ 1.9     $ 2.6     $ (0.7     *      $ 8.1     $ 8.0     $ 0.1       *   

Brokerage related cash (dollars in billions)

   $ 32.6     $ 26.1     $ 6.5       25   $ 32.6     $ 26.1     $ 6.5       25

 

*  

Percentage not meaningful.

 

16


Table of Contents

The trading and investing segment offers products and services to individual retail investors, generating revenue from these brokerage and banking relationships and from market making and corporate services activities. This segment generates five main sources of revenue: net operating interest income; commissions; fees and service charges; principal transactions; and other revenues. Net operating interest income is generated primarily from margin receivables and from a deposit transfer pricing arrangement with the balance sheet management segment. The balance sheet management segment utilizes the vast majority of customer cash and deposits and compensates the trading and investing segment via a market-based transfer pricing arrangement. This compensation is reflected in segment results as operating interest income for the trading and investing segment and operating interest expense for the balance sheet management segment and is eliminated in consolidation. Customer cash and deposits utilized by the balance sheet management segment include retail deposits and customer payables. Other revenues include results from providing software and services for managing equity compensation plans from corporate customers, as we ultimately service retail investors through these corporate relationships.

Trading and investing income increased 2% to $127.0 million and decreased 20% to $385.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. We continued to generate net new brokerage accounts, ending the quarter with 2.9 million accounts. Our brokerage related cash, which is one of our most profitable sources of funding, increased by $6.5 billion when compared to the same period in 2011.

Trading and investing commissions decreased by 20% to $90.4 million and 15% to $291.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. These decreases in commissions were primarily the result of decreases in DARTs of 22% to 128,701 and 13% to 141,399 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011.

Trading and investing fees and service charges increased 4% to $30.3 million and decreased 11% to $89.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The increase for the three months ended September 30, 2012, was driven by an increase in advisor management fee revenue when compared to the same period in 2011. The decrease for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, was driven by decreases in order flow revenue, reorganization fee revenue and foreign exchange fee revenue compared to the same period in 2011.

Trading and investing principal transactions decreased 19% to $22.1 million and 16% to $67.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The decrease in principal transactions revenue was driven primarily by a decrease in average revenue per share earned for the three months ended September 30, 2012 when compared to same period in 2011. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the decrease was driven by a decrease in trading volume when compared to the same period in 2011.

Trading and investing operating expense decreased 24% to $180.4 million and 8% to $580.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The decrease was driven primarily by a reserve of $55 million that was recorded in the third quarter of 2011 related to our offer to purchase auction rate securities from eligible holders. The costs of this program, which expired on May 15, 2012, were approximately $10.2 million less than our previous estimate and the $10.2 million benefit was recorded during the second quarter of 2012.

As of September 30, 2012, we had approximately 2.9 million brokerage accounts, 1.1 million stock plan accounts and 0.4 million banking accounts. For the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, our brokerage products contributed 71% and 69%, respectively, and our banking products contributed 29% and 31%, respectively, of total trading and investing net revenue. For both the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, our brokerage products contributed 70%, and our banking products contributed 30% of total trading and investing net revenue.

 

17


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Management

The following table summarizes balance sheet management financial information and key metrics as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in millions):

 

     Three Months  Ended
September 30,
    Variance     Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
    Variance  
       2012 vs. 2011       2012 vs. 2011  
     2012     2011     Amount     %     2012     2011     Amount      %  

Net operating interest income

   $ 104.1     $ 120.0     $ (15.9     (13 )%    $ 332.4     $ 364.5     $ (32.1      (9 )% 

Fees and service charges

     0.6       0.2       0.4       *        2.3       2.1       0.2        11

Gains on loans and securities, net

     79.0       25.3       53.7       *        138.8       88.9       49.9        56

Net impairment

     (2.4     (3.2     0.8       (25 )%      (11.2     (12.1     0.9        (8 )% 

Other revenues

     1.3       2.1       (0.8     (37 )%      4.3       5.4       (1.1      (19 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total net revenue

     182.6       144.4       38.2       26     466.6       448.8       17.8        4

Provision for loan losses

     141.0       98.4       42.6       43     280.2       317.6       (37.4      (12 )% 

Total operating expense

     53.2       66.4       (13.2     (20 )%      168.4       178.2       (9.8      (5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Balance sheet management income (loss)

   $ (11.6   $ (20.4   $ 8.8       *      $ 18.0     $ (47.0   $ 65.0        *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Key Metrics:

                 

Special mention loan delinquencies

   $ 327.4     $ 458.7     $ (131.3     (29 )%    $ 327.4     $ 458.7     $ (131.3      (29 )% 

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 508.3     $ 820.1     $ (311.8     (38 )%    $ 508.3     $ 820.1     $ (311.8      (38 )% 

Allowance for loan losses as a % of gross loans receivable

     4.56     5.93     *        (1.37 )%      4.56     5.93     *         (1.37 )% 

 

*  

Percentage not meaningful.

The balance sheet management segment generates revenue from managing loans previously originated by the Company or purchased from third parties, as well as utilizing customer cash and deposits to generate additional net operating interest income. The balance sheet management segment utilizes customer cash and deposits from the trading and investing segment, wholesale borrowings and proceeds from loan pay-downs to invest in available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities. Net operating interest income is generated from interest earned on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities and loans receivable, net of interest paid on wholesale borrowings and on a deposit transfer pricing arrangement with the trading and investing segment. The balance sheet management segment utilizes the vast majority of customer cash and deposits and compensates the trading and investing segment via a market-based transfer pricing arrangement. This compensation is reflected in segment results as operating interest income for the trading and investing segment and operating interest expense for the balance sheet management segment and is eliminated in consolidation. Customer cash and deposits utilized by the balance sheet management segment include retail deposits and customer payables.

The balance sheet management segment reported a loss of $11.6 million and income of $18.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. The balance sheet management loss for the three months ended September 30, 2012 was due primarily to an increase in provision for loan losses of 43% to $141.0 million, and the balance sheet management income for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was due primarily to a decrease in provision for loan losses of 12% to $280.2 million.

Gains on loans and securities, net were $79.0 million and $138.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to $25.3 million and $88.9 million for the same periods in 2011 due to gains on the sale of certain securities. We sold agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs during the third quarter of 2012 to reduce asset balances as a result of the early termination of $520 million in fixed rate wholesale borrowings.

We recognized $2.4 million and $11.2 million of net impairment during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, on certain securities in the non-agency CMO portfolio due to continued deterioration in the expected credit performance of the underlying loans in those specific securities. The net

 

18


Table of Contents

impairment included gross OTTI of $2.1 million and $16.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively. The amount that had been previously recorded through other comprehensive income and was reclassified into earnings during the three months ended September 30, 2012 was $0.3 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, $4.9 million related to the noncredit portion of OTTI, which was recorded through other comprehensive income.

Provision for loan losses increased 43% to $141.0 million and declined by 12% to $280.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The increase in provision for loan losses for the three months ended September 30, 2012 was primarily a result of $50 million in charge-offs associated with newly identified bankruptcy filings, with approximately 80% related to prior years. We utilize third party loan servicers to obtain bankruptcy data on our borrowers and during the third quarter of 2012, we identified an increase in bankruptcies reported by one specific servicer. In researching this increase, we discovered that the servicer had not been reporting historical bankruptcy data on a timely basis. As a result, we implemented an enhanced procedure around all servicer reporting to corroborate bankruptcy reporting with independent third party data. Through this additional process, approximately $90 million of loans were identified in which servicers failed to report the bankruptcy filing to us, approximately 90% of which were current at September 30, 2012. As a result, these loans were written down to the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs, or approximately $40 million, during the third quarter of 2012. These charge-offs resulted in an increase to provision for loan losses of $50 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012.

The decrease in provision for loan losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was driven primarily by improving credit trends, as evidenced by the lower levels of delinquent loans in the one- to four-family and home equity loan portfolios, and loan portfolio run-off, offset by the $50 million in charge-offs associated with newly identified bankruptcy filings during the third quarter of 2012. We expect provision for loan losses to continue to decline over the long term, although it is subject to variability in any given quarter.

Total balance sheet management operating expense decreased 20% to $53.2 million and 5% to $168.4 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011. The decrease in operating expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 resulted primarily from lower clearing and servicing expense due to lower loan balances compared to the same period in 2011.

Corporate/Other

The following table summarizes corporate/other financial information for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in millions):

 

     Three Months  Ended
September 30,
    Variance     Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
     Variance  
       2012 vs. 2011        2012 vs. 2011  
     2012     2011     Amount     %     2012     2011      Amount      %  

Total net revenue

   $ —        $ —        $ —          *      $ —        $ —         $ —           *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Compensation and benefits

     28.3       17.3       11.0       64     63.1       52.3        10.8        21

Professional services

     12.9       7.8       5.1       66     28.1       25.2        2.9        11

Occupancy and equipment

     1.6       0.4       1.2       *        3.8       2.2        1.6        76

Communications

     0.5       0.4       0.1       0     1.3       1.1        0.2        14

Depreciation and amortization

     3.9       4.7       (0.8     (16 )%      12.2       14.1        (1.9      (14 )% 

Facility restructuring and other exit activities

     2.3       0.4       1.9       *        3.5       6.1        (2.6      (42 )% 

Other operating expenses

     5.9       6.5       (0.6     (8 )%      16.2       18.4        (2.2      (12 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expense

     55.4       37.5       17.9       48     128.2       119.4        8.8        7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Operating loss

     (55.4     (37.5     (17.9     48     (128.2     (119.4      (8.8      7

Total other income (expense)

     (96.3     (44.2     (52.1     118     (184.7     (128.9      (55.8      43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Corporate/other loss

   $ (151.7   $ (81.7   $ (70.0     86   $ (312.9   $ (248.3    $ (64.6      26
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

*  

Percentage not meaningful.

 

19


Table of Contents

The corporate/other category includes costs that are centrally-managed, technology related costs incurred to support centrally-managed functions, restructuring and other exit activities, corporate debt and corporate investments.

The corporate/other loss before income taxes was $151.7 million and $312.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, compared to $81.7 million and $248.3 million, respectively, for the same periods in 2011.

The operating loss increased 48% to $55.4 million and 7% to $128.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, compared to the same periods in 2011 due primarily to an increase in compensation and benefits as a result of $13 million in severance associated with the departure of our former Chief Executive Officer that was recorded during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Total other income (expense) included corporate interest expense on interest-bearing corporate debt for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012. Corporate interest expense increased 2% to $45.5 million and $135.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2011.

In addition, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, $50.6 million in losses on early extinguishment of debt were recorded, driven primarily by the early extinguishment of approximately $520 million in wholesale borrowings during the third quarter of 2012. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, $3.1 million in gain on early extinguishment of debt was recorded related to the call of the 7  3/8% Notes due September 2013 in the second quarter of 2011.

BALANCE SHEET OVERVIEW

The following table sets forth the significant components of the consolidated balance sheet (dollars in millions):

 

                   Variance  
     September  30,
2012
     December  31,
2011
     2012 vs. 2011  
           Amount     %  

Assets:

          

Cash and equivalents

   $ 2,825.0      $ 2,099.8      $ 725.2       35

Segregated cash

     1,434.3        1,275.6        158.7       12

Securities(1)

     24,717.4        21,785.4        2,932.0       13

Margin receivables

     5,608.3        4,826.3        782.0       16

Loans receivable, net

     10,627.4        12,332.8        (1,705.4     (14 )% 

Investment in FHLB stock

     128.9        140.2        (11.3     (8 )% 

Other(2)

     5,014.3        5,480.4        (466.1     (9 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 50,355.6      $ 47,940.5      $ 2,415.1       5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

          

Deposits

   $ 29,127.8      $ 26,460.0      $ 2,667.8       10

Wholesale borrowings(3)

     6,935.0        7,752.4        (817.4     (11 )% 

Customer payables

     6,013.6        5,590.9        422.7       8

Corporate debt

     1,505.5        1,493.5        12.0       1

Other liabilities

     1,679.8        1,715.7        (35.9     (2 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     45,261.7        43,012.5        2,249.2       5

Shareholders’ equity

     5,093.9        4,928.0        165.9       3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 50,355.6      $ 47,940.5      $ 2,415.1       5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

(1)   

Includes balance sheet line items trading, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities.

(2)   

Includes balance sheet line items property and equipment, net, goodwill, other intangibles, net and other assets.

(3)   

Includes balance sheet line items securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances and other borrowings.

 

20


Table of Contents

Segregated Cash

Segregated cash increased by $0.2 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The level of cash required to be segregated under federal or other regulations, or segregated cash, is driven largely by customer cash and securities lending balances we hold as a liability in excess of the amount of margin receivables and securities borrowed balances we hold as an asset. The excess represents customer cash that we are required by our regulators to segregate for the exclusive benefit of our brokerage customers.

Securities

Trading, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

 

                   Variance  
     September  30,
2012
     December  31,
2011
     2012 vs. 2011  
           Amount     %  

Trading securities

   $ 107.4      $ 54.4      $ 53.0       97
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Available-for-sale securities:

          

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

          

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 13,130.1      $ 13,965.7      $ (835.6     (6 )% 

Non-agency CMOs

     298.6        341.6        (43.0     (13 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total residential mortgage-backed securities

     13,428.7        14,307.3        (878.6     (6 )% 

Investment securities

     1,496.8        1,344.2        152.6       11
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 14,925.5      $ 15,651.5      $ (726.0     (5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Held-to-maturity securities:

          

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

          

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 8,025.8      $ 5,296.5      $ 2,729.3       52

Investment securities

     1,658.7        783.0        875.7       112
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total held-to-maturity securities

   $ 9,684.5      $ 6,079.5      $ 3,605.0       59
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total securities

   $ 24,717.4      $ 21,785.4      $ 2,932.0       13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Securities represented 49% and 45% of total assets at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The decrease in available-for-sale securities was due primarily to a decrease of $0.8 billion in agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs. We sold agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs to reduce asset balances as a result of the early termination of $520 million in fixed rate wholesale borrowings.

The increase in held-to-maturity securities was due primarily to an increase of $2.7 billion in agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs. The purchases of securities were driven primarily by the increase in customer deposits, which we invested in available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities.

 

21


Table of Contents

Loans Receivable, Net

Loans receivable, net are summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

 

                 Variance  
     September  30,
2012
    December  31,
2011
    2012 vs. 2011  
         Amount     %  

One- to four-family

   $ 5,715.0     $ 6,615.8     $ (900.8     (14 )% 

Home equity

     4,442.2       5,328.7       (886.5     (17 )% 

Consumer and other

     902.8       1,113.2       (210.4     (19 )% 

Unamortized premiums, net

     75.7       97.9       (22.2     (23 )% 

Allowance for loan losses

     (508.3     (822.8     314.5       (38 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total loans receivable, net

   $ 10,627.4     $ 12,332.8     $ (1,705.4     (14 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loans receivable, net decreased 14% to $10.6 billion at September 30, 2012 from $12.3 billion at December 31, 2011. This decline was due primarily to our strategy of reducing balance sheet risk by allowing the loan portfolio to pay down, which we plan to do for the foreseeable future.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the allowance for loan losses decreased by $314.5 million from the level at December 31, 2011. During the first quarter of 2012, we completed an evaluation of certain programs and practices that were designed in accordance with guidance from our former regulator, the OTS. This evaluation was initiated in connection with our transition from the OTS to the OCC, our new primary banking regulator. As a result of our evaluation, loan modification policies and procedures were aligned with the guidance from the OCC. The review resulted in a significant increase in charge-offs during the first quarter of 2012. The majority of the losses associated with these charge-offs were previously reflected in the specific valuation allowance and qualitative component of the general allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2011. See Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates for a discussion of the estimates and assumptions used in the allowance for loan losses, including the qualitative reserve.

Deposits

Deposits are summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

 

                   Variance  
     September  30,
2012
     December  31,
2011
     2012 vs. 2011  
           Amount     %  

Sweep deposits

   $ 21,874.5      $ 18,619.0      $ 3,255.5       17

Complete savings deposits

     5,184.1        5,720.8        (536.7     (9 )% 

Other money market and savings deposits

     1,003.2        1,033.2        (30.0     (3 )% 

Checking deposits

     950.9        863.3        87.6       10

Time deposits

     115.1        223.7        (108.6     (49 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits

   $ 29,127.8      $ 26,460.0      $ 2,667.8       10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Deposits represented 64% and 62% of total liabilities at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. At September 30, 2012, 92% of our customer deposits were covered by FDIC insurance. Deposits provide the benefit of lower interest costs compared with wholesale funding alternatives. Deposits increased 10% to $29.1 billion at September 30, 2012 from $26.5 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase was driven primarily by an increase of $3.3 billion in sweep deposits. The increase in sweep deposits was driven by an increase in customer activity during the third quarter of 2012, offset by a reduction of $470 million in sweep deposits that were moved off of the balance sheet to a third party bank as a result of our plan to dissolve our third bank charter.

 

22


Table of Contents

The deposits balance is a component of the total customer cash and deposits balance reported as a customer activity metric of $39.8 billion and $35.5 billion at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The total customer cash and deposits balance is summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

 

                 Variance  
     September  30,
2012
    December  31,
2011
    2012 vs. 2011  
         Amount      %  

Deposits

   $ 29,127.8     $ 26,460.0     $ 2,667.8        10

Less: brokered certificates of deposit

     (11.2     (33.2     22.0        (66 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Retail deposits

     29,116.6       26,426.8       2,689.8        10

Customer payables

     6,013.6       5,590.9       422.7        8

Customer cash balances held by third parties and other

     4,665.3       3,520.1       1,145.2        33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total customer cash and deposits

   $ 39,795.5     $ 35,537.8     $ 4,257.7        12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Wholesale Borrowings

Wholesale borrowings, which consist of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances and other borrowings, are summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

                   Variance  
     September  30,
2012
     December  31,
2011
     2012 vs. 2011  
           Amount     %  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 4,609.1      $ 5,015.5      $ (406.4     (8 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

FHLB advances

   $ 1,895.5      $ 2,302.7      $ (407.2     (18 )% 

Subordinated debentures

     427.7        427.6        0.1       0

Other

     2.7        6.6        (3.9     (59 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total FHLB advances and other borrowings

   $ 2,325.9      $ 2,736.9      $ (411.0     (15 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total wholesale borrowings

   $ 6,935.0      $ 7,752.4      $ (817.4     (11 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Wholesale borrowings represented 15% and 18% of total liabilities at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances are the primary wholesale funding sources of the Bank. During the third quarter of 2012, we terminated $100 million and $420 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances, respectively as part of our deleveraging initiatives. The early termination of the wholesale borrowings resulted in approximately $50 million of loss on early extinguishment of debt during the third quarter of 2012. As part of our deleveraging initiatives, we plan to further reduce wholesale borrowings by approximately $900 million during the fourth quarter of 2012.

 

23


Table of Contents

Corporate Debt

Corporate debt by type is shown as follows (dollars in millions):

     Face Value      Discount     Fair Value
Hedge
Adjustment
     Net  

September 30, 2012

                          

Interest-bearing notes:

          

7  7/8% Notes, due 2015

   $ 243.2      $ (1.0   $ 6.0      $ 248.2  

6  3/4% Notes, due 2016

     435.0        (6.1     —           428.9  

12  1/2% Springing lien notes, due 2017

     930.2        (150.2     5.5        785.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing notes

     1,608.4        (157.3     11.5        1,462.6  

Non-interest-bearing debt:

          

0% Convertible debentures, due 2019

     42.9        —          —           42.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate debt

   $ 1,651.3      $ (157.3   $ 11.5      $ 1,505.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Face Value      Discount     Fair Value
Hedge
Adjustment
     Net  

December 31, 2011

                          

Interest-bearing notes:

          

7  7/8% Notes, due 2015

   $ 243.2      $ (1.2   $ 7.4      $ 249.4  

6  3/4% Notes, due 2016

     435.0        (7.4     —           427.6  

12  1/2% Springing lien notes, due 2017

     930.2        (162.9     6.2        773.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing notes

     1,608.4        (171.5     13.6        1,450.5  

Non-interest-bearing debt:

          

0% Convertible debentures, due 2019

     43.0        —          —           43.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate debt

   $ 1,651.4      $ (171.5   $ 13.6      $ 1,493.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

The activity in shareholders’ equity during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 is summarized as follows (dollars in millions):

 

      Common Stock /
Additional Paid-In
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit / Other
Comprehensive Loss
    Total  

Beginning balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 7,309.7      $ (2,381.7   $ 4,928.0  

Net income

     —           73.5       73.5  

Net change from available-for-sale securities

     —           95.3       95.3  

Net change from cash flow hedging instruments

     —           (13.3     (13.3

Other(1)

     9.2        1.2       10.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance, September 30, 2012

   $ 7,318.9      $ (2,225.0   $ 5,093.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   

Other includes employee share-based compensation, conversions of convertible debentures and changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss from foreign currency translation.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We have established liquidity and capital policies to support the successful execution of our business strategies, while ensuring ongoing and sufficient liquidity through the business cycle. These policies are especially important during periods of stress in the financial markets, which have been ongoing since the fourth quarter of 2007 and could continue for some time.

 

24


Table of Contents

We believe liquidity is of critical importance to the Company and especially important within E*TRADE Bank. The objective of our policies is to ensure that we can meet our corporate and banking liquidity needs under both normal operating conditions and under periods of stress in the financial markets. Our corporate liquidity needs are primarily driven by the amount of principal and interest due on our corporate debt as well as any capital needs at E*TRADE Bank. Our banking liquidity needs are driven primarily by the level and volatility of our customer deposits. Management maintains an extensive set of liquidity sources and monitors certain business trends and market metrics closely in an effort to ensure we have sufficient liquidity and to avoid dependence on other more expensive sources of funding. Management believes the following sources of liquidity are of critical importance in maintaining ample funding for liquidity needs: Corporate cash, Bank cash, deposits and unused FHLB borrowing capacity. Management believes that within deposits, sweep deposits are of particular importance as they are the most stable source of liquidity for E*TRADE Bank when compared to non-sweep deposits. Overall, management believes that these liquidity sources, which we expect to fluctuate in any given period, are more than sufficient to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

Capital is generated primarily through the business operations of the trading and investing and balance sheet management segments, which are primarily contained within E*TRADE Bank; therefore, we believe a key indicator of the capital generated or used in our business operations is the level of regulatory capital in E*TRADE Bank. As of September 30, 2012, E*TRADE Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 7.9%. We are focused on improving the Tier 1 leverage ratio at E*TRADE Bank through a reduction in our balance sheet size by focusing on a reduction in our wholesale borrowings, retail deposits and customer payables.

Consolidated Cash and Equivalents

The consolidated cash and equivalents balance increased by $725.2 million to $2.8 billion at September 30, 2012 when compared to December 31, 2011. The majority of this balance is cash held in regulated subsidiaries, primarily the Bank, outlined as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     September  30,
2012
     December  31,
2011
     Variance  
            2012 vs. 2011  

Corporate cash

   $ 430.8      $ 484.4      $ (53.6

Bank cash

     2,360.1        1,574.1        786.0  

International brokerage and other cash

     34.1        41.3        (7.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consolidated cash

   $ 2,825.0      $ 2,099.8      $ 725.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate cash is the primary source of liquidity at the parent company. We define corporate cash as cash held at the parent company as well as cash held in certain subsidiaries that can distribute cash to the parent company without any regulatory approval. We believe corporate cash is a useful measure of the parent company’s liquidity as it is the primary source of capital above and beyond the capital deployed in our regulated subsidiaries. Corporate cash can fluctuate in any given quarter and is impacted primarily by tax settlements, approval and timing of subsidiary dividends, debt service costs and other overhead cost sharing arrangements. We target corporate cash to be two times our annual debt service, or approximately $330 million. From the level of corporate cash at September 30, 2012, we expect that it will decline generally in line with our corporate interest expense. However, the parent company has approximately $340 million in net deferred tax assets, which will ultimately become sources of corporate cash as the parent’s subsidiaries reimburse the parent for the use of its deferred tax assets.

Liquidity Available from Subsidiaries

Liquidity available to the Company from its subsidiaries is limited by regulatory requirements. In addition, neither E*TRADE Bank nor its subsidiaries may pay dividends to the parent company without approval from its regulators. Loans by E*TRADE Bank to the parent company and its other non-bank subsidiaries are subject to various quantitative, arm’s length, collateralization and other requirements.

 

25


Table of Contents

E*TRADE Bank is subject to capital requirements determined by its primary regulators. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, E*TRADE Bank had $1.3 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, of Tier 1 leverage capital in excess of the regulatory minimum level required to be considered “well capitalized.” Historically, the Company had requested and received the approval of its primary regulators to send quarterly dividends from E*TRADE Bank to the parent. The dividend had been equal to profits from the previous quarter of E*TRADE Securities LLC, which is a subsidiary of E*TRADE Bank. We believe our former regulator, the OTS, viewed these dividend requests as distinct from a more comprehensive request to release a portion of E*TRADE Bank’s excess capital. During the third quarter of 2011, the Company transitioned regulators from the OTS to the OCC and the Federal Reserve. We believe our new regulators would subject all dividend requests to an equal level of scrutiny; therefore, rather than request a dividend from E*TRADE Bank in an amount equal to the profits of E*TRADE Securities LLC in the prior quarter, we believe the best path for the Company’s shareholders is to work on a comprehensive dividend plan that efficiently distributes capital among our regulated entities and parent company.

The Company submitted a long-term strategic and capital plan to the OCC and Federal Reserve during the second quarter of 2012. The plan includes: our five-year business strategy; forecasts of our business results and capital ratios; capital distribution plans in current and adverse operating conditions; and internally developed stress tests. During the third quarter of 2012, we received initial feedback from our regulators on this plan and we believe that key elements of this plan, specifically reducing risk, deleveraging the balance sheet and the development of an enterprise risk management function, are critical. We believe that our targets for capital levels at E*TRADE Bank and corresponding distributions of capital will be achievable over time. We plan to have an active and ongoing dialogue with our regulators to ensure our execution of the plan is consistent with their expectations.

The Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to capital requirements determined by their respective regulators. At September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, all of our brokerage subsidiaries met their minimum net capital requirements. Our broker-dealer subsidiaries had excess net capital of $630.5 million at September 30, 2012, a decrease of $44.6 million from $675.1 million at December 31, 2011. The excess net capital of the broker-dealer subsidiaries at September 30, 2012 included $494.2 million and $97.3 million of excess net capital at E*TRADE Clearing LLC and E*TRADE Securities LLC, respectively, which are subsidiaries of E*TRADE Bank and are also included in the excess capital of E*TRADE Bank.

Financial Regulatory Reform Legislation and Basel III Accords

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, our former primary regulator, the OTS, was abolished during July 2011 and its functions and personnel distributed among the OCC, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve. Although the Dodd-Frank Act maintains the federal thrift charter, it eliminates certain benefits of the charter and imposes new penalties for failure to comply with the qualified thrift lender test. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires all companies, including savings and loan holding companies, that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution to serve as a source of strength for the institution.

 

26


Table of Contents

The implementation of holding company capital requirements will impact us as the parent company was not previously subject to regulatory capital requirements. These requirements are expected to become effective within the next three years. We believe these requirements are an important measure of our capital strength and we continue to track these ratios, using the current capital ratios that apply to bank holding companies, as we plan for this future requirement. The Tier 1 leverage, Tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based capital ratios are non-GAAP measures as the parent company is not yet held to these regulatory capital requirements and are calculated as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    September 30,
2011
 

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 5,093.9     $ 4,928.0     $ 4,946.2  

Deduct:

      

Losses in other comprehensive income on available-for-sale debt securities and cash flow hedges, net of tax

     (307.6     (389.6     (378.7

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liabilities

     1,897.6       1,947.5       1,975.3  

Add:

      

Qualifying restricted core capital elements

     433.0       433.0       433.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,936.9       3,803.1       3,782.6  

Deduct:

      

Disallowed servicing assets and deferred tax assets

     1,259.1        1,331.0       1,312.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

     2,677.8        2,472.1       2,470.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Add:

      

Allowable allowance for loan losses

     261.6       277.6       281.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

   $ 2,939.4     $ 2,749.7     $ 2,751.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 49,400.8     $ 46,964.2     $ 46,880.3  

Deduct:

      

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liabilities

     1,897.6       1,947.5       1,975.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     47,503.2       45,016.7       44,905.0  

Deduct:

      

Disallowed servicing assets and deferred tax assets

     1,259.1        1,331.0       1,312.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total assets for leverage capital purposes

   $ 46,244.1     $ 43,685.7     $ 43,592.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets(1)

   $ 20,614.9     $ 21,668.1     $ 21,998.9  

Tier 1 leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital / Average total assets for leverage capital purposes)

     5.8     5.7     5.7

Tier 1 capital / Total risk-weighted assets

     13.0     11.4     11.2

Total capital / Total risk-weighted assets

     14.3     12.7     12.5

 

(1)   

Under the regulatory guidelines for risk-based capital, on-balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories according to the obligor or, if relevant, the guarantor or the nature of any collateral. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is then multiplied by the risk weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are aggregated for determining total risk-weighted assets.

As of September 30, 2012, the parent company Tier 1 leverage ratio was approximately 5.8% compared to the minimum ratio required to be “well capitalized” of 5%, the Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was approximately 13.0% compared to the minimum ratio required to be “well capitalized” of 6%, and the total risk-based capital ratio was approximately 14.3% compared to the minimum ratio required to be “well capitalized” of 10%.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our Tier 1 common ratio, which is a non-GAAP measure and currently has no mandated minimum or “well capitalized” standard, was 10.9% as of September 30, 2012. We believe this ratio is an important measure of our capital strength. The Tier 1 common ratio is defined as the Tier 1 capital less elements of Tier 1 capital that are not in the form of common equity, such as trust preferred securities, divided by total risk-weighted assets. The following table shows the calculation of Tier 1 common ratio (dollars in millions):

 

     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    September 30,
2011
 

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 5,093.9     $ 4,928.0     $ 4,946.2  

Deduct:

      

Losses in other comprehensive income on available-for-sale debt securities and cash flow hedges, net of tax

     (307.6     (389.6     (378.7

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of deferred tax liabilities

     1,897.6       1,947.5       1,975.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,503.9       3,370.1       3,349.6  

Deduct:

      

Disallowed servicing assets and deferred tax assets

     1,259.1        1,331.0       1,312.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common

   $ 2,244.8     $ 2,039.1     $ 2,037.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets

   $ 20,614.9     $ 21,668.1     $ 21,998.9  

Tier 1 common ratio (Tier 1 common / Total risk-weighted assets)

     10.9     9.4     9.3

In June 2012, the Federal banking agencies published notices of proposed rulemaking for comment related to the implementation of the Basel III regulatory capital reforms. We believe the most relevant elements of the proposal to us relate to the proposed risk-weighting of mortgage loans and margin receivables in addition to an alternative method to exclude from Tier 1 capital unrealized gains (losses) related to government and agency-backed securities. Under the current proposal, we do not believe the incorporation of these elements will have a significant impact on our capital ratios. However, the final impact of the Basel III capital standards on regulatory requirements will continue to remain unknown for at least some time until capital regulations are adopted for U.S. institutions. We will continue to monitor the ongoing rule-making and comment process to assess both the timing and the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III capital standards on our business.

On October 9, 2012, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System adopted final regulations implementing the requirement for certain Federal Reserve-regulated savings and loan holding companies such as the Company to conduct company-run stress tests on an annual basis. Under the Federal Reserve’s stress test regulations, we will be required to utilize stress-testing methodologies providing for results under at least three different sets of conditions, including baseline, adverse, and severely adverse conditions. The final regulations will apply to these savings and loan holding companies in the fall of the calendar year after they become subject to minimum capital requirements, a period which has not yet been specified.

Other Sources of Liquidity

We also maintain uncommitted lines of credit with unaffiliated banks to finance margin lending, with available balances subject to approval when utilized. At September 30, 2012, there were no outstanding balances.

We rely on borrowed funds, from sources such as securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances, to provide liquidity for E*TRADE Bank. Our ability to borrow these funds is dependent upon the continued availability of funding in the wholesale borrowings market. In addition, we can borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements, although it is not viewed as

 

28


Table of Contents

the primary source of funding. At September 30, 2012, E*TRADE Bank had approximately $3.2 billion and $1.3 billion in additional collateralized borrowing capacity with the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank, respectively. We also have the ability to generate liquidity in the form of additional deposits by raising the yield on our customer deposit account products.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into various off-balance-sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business, primarily to meet the needs of our customers and to reduce our own exposure to interest rate risk. These arrangements include firm commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Additionally, we enter into guarantees and other similar arrangements as part of transactions in the ordinary course of business. For additional information on each of these arrangements, see Item 1. Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).

RISK MANAGEMENT

As a financial services company, we are exposed to risks in every component of our business. The identification and management of existing and potential risks are the keys to effective risk management. Risks cannot be completely eliminated; however, risks can be identified and managed within the Company’s risk tolerance. We believe our current risk management framework supports decision-making, improves the success rate for new initiatives and strengthens the organization; however a key focus of our strategic plan is to strengthen our risk management function by achieving and maintaining an enterprise-wide risk culture and platform consistent with industry best-practices and top tier regulatory guidelines and expectations.

Our businesses expose us to the following four major categories of risk that often overlap:

 

   

Credit Risk—the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in the ability or willingness of a borrower or counterparty to meet the agreed-upon terms of their financial obligations.

 

   

Liquidity Risk—the risk of loss resulting from the inability to meet current and future cash flow and collateral needs.

 

   

Interest Rate Risk—the risk of loss from adverse changes in interest rates, which could cause fluctuations in our long-term earnings or in the value of the Company’s net assets.

 

   

Operational Risk—the risk of loss resulting from fraud, inadequate controls or the failure of the internal controls process, third party vendor issues, processing issues and external events.

For additional information on liquidity risk, see Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources. For additional information about our interest rate risk, see Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. Operational risk and the management of risk are more fully described in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011. We are also subject to other risks that could impact our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows in future periods. See Item 1A. Risk Factors in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, and as updated in this report.

Credit Risk Management

Our primary sources of credit risk are our loan and securities portfolios, where risk results from extending credit to customers and purchasing securities, respectively. The degree of credit risk associated with our loans and securities varies based on many factors including the size of the transaction, the credit characteristics of the borrower, features of the loan product or security, the contractual terms of the related documents and the availability and quality of collateral. Credit risk is one of the most common risks in financial services and is one of our most significant risks.

 

29


Table of Contents

Credit risk is monitored by our Credit Risk Committee, whose objective is to monitor current and expected market conditions and the associated probable impact on the Company’s credit risk. The Credit Risk Committee establishes credit risk guidelines in accordance with the Company’s strategic objectives and existing policies. The Credit Risk Committee reviews investment and lending activities involving credit risk to ensure consistency with those established guidelines. These reviews involve an analysis of portfolio balances, delinquencies, losses, recoveries, default management and collateral liquidation performance, as well as any credit risk mitigation efforts relating to the portfolios. In addition, the Credit Risk Committee reviews and approves credit related counterparties engaged in financial transactions with the Company.

Loss Mitigation

We have a credit management team that focuses on the mitigation of potential losses in the loan portfolio. Through a variety of strategies, including voluntary line closures, automatically freezing lines on all delinquent accounts, and freezing lines on loans with materially reduced home equity, we have reduced our exposure to open home equity lines from a high of over $7 billion in 2007 to $0.4 billion as of September 30, 2012.

We utilize third party loan servicers to obtain bankruptcy data on our borrowers and during the third quarter of 2012, we identified an increase in bankruptcies reported by one specific servicer. In researching this increase, we discovered that the servicer had not been reporting historical bankruptcy data on a timely basis. As a result, we implemented an enhanced procedure around all servicer reporting to corroborate bankruptcy reporting with independent third party data. Through this additional process, approximately $90 million of loans were identified in which servicers failed to report the bankruptcy filing to us, approximately 90% of which were current at September 30, 2012. As a result, these loans were written down to the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs, or approximately $40 million, during the third quarter of 2012. These charge-offs resulted in an increase to provision for loan losses of $50 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012.

We have an initiative to assess our servicing relationships and where appropriate transfer certain mortgage loans to servicers that specialize in managing troubled assets. We believe this initiative has improved and will continue to improve the credit performance of the loans transferred in future periods when compared to the expected credit performance of these same loans if they had not been transferred. A total of $2.8 billion of our mortgage loans were held at servicers that specialize in managing troubled assets as of September 30, 2012.

We have a loan modification program that focuses on the mitigation of potential losses in the loan portfolio. We consider modifications in which we make an economic concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty a TDR. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we modified $296.8 million and $30.0 million of one- to four-family and home equity loans, respectively, in which the modification was considered a TDR. During the first quarter of 2012, we completed an evaluation of certain programs and practices that were designed in accordance with guidance from our former regulator, the OTS. This evaluation was initiated in connection with our transition from the OTS to the OCC, our new primary banking regulator. As a result of our evaluation, loan modification policies and procedures were aligned with the guidance from the OCC. During the fourth quarter of 2011, we suspended certain home equity loan modification programs that required changes. These suspended programs were discontinued in the first quarter of 2012, which has resulted in a decrease in the volume of TDRs in 2012.

Trial modifications are classified immediately as TDRs and continue to be reported as delinquent until the successful completion of the trial period, which is typically 90 days. The loan is then classified as current and becomes a permanent modification.

We also processed minor modifications on a number of loans through traditional collections actions taken in the normal course of servicing delinquent accounts. These actions typically result in an insignificant delay in the timing of payments; therefore, we do not consider such activities to be economic concessions to the borrowers. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we had $42.8 million and $44.7 million of mortgage loans,

 

30


Table of Contents

respectively, in which the modification was not considered a TDR due to the insignificant delay in the timing of payments. Approximately 6% and 8% of these loans were classified as nonperforming as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

We continue to review the mortgage loan portfolio in order to identify loans to be repurchased by the originator. Our review is primarily focused on identifying loans with violations of transaction representations and warranties or material misrepresentation on the part of the seller. Any loans identified with these deficiencies are submitted to the original seller for repurchase. During the second quarter of 2012, we agreed to settlements with two particular originators specific to loans sold to us by those originators. One-time payments of $11.2 million were made to us to satisfy in full all pending and future repurchase requests with those specific originators. We applied the full amount during the second quarter of 2012 to the allowance for loan losses, resulting in a corresponding reduction to our net charge-offs as well as our provision for loan losses. Approximately $38.5 million of loans were repurchased by or settled with the original sellers for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. A total of $374.0 million of loans were repurchased by the original sellers since we actively started reviewing our purchased loan portfolio beginning in 2008.

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

Loans

We track and review factors to predict and monitor credit risk in the mortgage loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. These factors include: loan type, estimated current loan-to-value (“LTV”)/combined loan-to-value (“CLTV”) ratios, delinquency history, documentation type, borrowers’ current credit scores, housing prices, loan acquisition channel, loan vintage and geographic location of the property. In economic conditions in which housing prices generally appreciate, we believe that loan type, LTV/CLTV ratios, documentation type and credit scores are the key factors in determining future loan performance. In a housing market with declining home prices and less credit available for refinance, we believe the LTV/CLTV ratio becomes a more important factor in predicting and monitoring credit risk. The factors are updated on at least a quarterly basis. We track and review delinquency status to predict and monitor credit risk in the consumer and other loan portfolio on an ongoing basis.

The home equity loan portfolio is primarily second lien loans on residential real estate properties, which have a higher level of credit risk than first lien mortgage loans. Approximately 15% of the home equity portfolio was in the first lien position as of September 30, 2012. We hold both the first and second lien positions in less than 1% of the home equity loan portfolio. The home equity loan portfolio consists of home equity installment loans and home equity lines of credit.

Home equity installment loans are primarily fixed rate and fixed term, fully amortizing loans that do not offer the option of an interest-only payment. Home equity lines of credit convert to amortizing loans at the end of the draw period, which ranges from five to ten years. At September 30, 2012, the vast majority of the home equity line of credit portfolio had not converted from the interest-only draw period to an amortizing loan. In addition, approximately 80% of the home equity line of credit portfolio will not begin amortizing until after 2014. The following table outlines when home equity lines of credit convert to amortizing for the home equity line of credit portfolio as of September 30, 2012:

 

Period of Conversion to Amortizing Loan

   % of Home Equity Line
of Credit Portfolio

Already amortizing

     8 %

Through December 31, 2012

     1 %

Year ending December 31, 2013

     4 %

Year ending December 31, 2014

     7 %

Year ending December 31, 2015

   26 %

Year ending December 31, 2016

   41 %

Year ending December 31, 2017

   13 %

 

31


Table of Contents

The following tables show the distribution of the mortgage loan portfolios by credit quality indicator (dollars in millions):

 

     One- to Four-Family     Home Equity  

Current LTV/CLTV (1)

   September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

<=80%

   $ 1,370.9     $ 1,596.3     $ 975.0     $ 1,168.9  

80%-100%

     1,440.7       1,716.8       800.4       967.9  

100%-120%

     1,273.1       1,527.3       961.7       1,191.9  

>120%

     1,630.3       1,775.4       1,705.1       2,000.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,715.0     $ 6,615.8     $ 4,442.2     $ 5,328.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average estimated current LTV/CLTV (2)

     109.1     106.7     114.4     112.1

Average LTV/CLTV at loan origination (3)

     71.2     71.0     79.3     79.2

 

(1)   

Current CLTV calculations for home equity loans are based on the maximum available line for home equity lines of credit and outstanding principal balance for home equity installment loans. Current property values are updated on a quarterly basis using the most recent property value data available to us. For properties in which we did not have an updated valuation, we utilized home price indices to estimate the current property value.

(2)   

The average estimated current LTV/CLTV ratio reflects the outstanding balance at the balance sheet date and the maximum available line for home equity lines of credit, divided by the estimated current value of the underlying property.

(3)   

Average LTV/CLTV at loan origination calculations are based on LTV/CLTV at time of purchase for one- to four-family purchased loans and undrawn balances for home equity loans.

 

     One- to Four-Family      Home Equity  

Documentation Type

   September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Full documentation

   $ 2,443.9      $ 2,845.6      $ 2,278.6      $ 2,699.2  

Low/no documentation

     3,271.1        3,770.2        2,163.6        2,629.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,715.0      $ 6,615.8      $ 4,442.2      $ 5,328.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     One- to Four-Family      Home Equity  

Current FICO (1)

   September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

>=720

   $ 2,992.6      $ 3,557.6      $ 2,378.2      $ 2,780.2  

719 - 700

     543.0        585.2        448.0        497.7  

699 - 680

     440.8        448.6        358.5        408.8  

679 - 660

     353.5        385.0        281.4        325.8  

659 - 620

     488.2        525.9        384.7        447.9  

<620

     896.9        1,113.5        591.4        868.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,715.0      $ 6,615.8      $ 4,442.2      $ 5,328.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   

FICO scores are updated on a quarterly basis; however, as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there were some loans for which the updated FICO scores were not available. The current FICO distribution as of September 30, 2012 included original FICO scores for approximately $132 million and $22 million of one- to four-family and home equity loans, respectively. The current FICO distribution as of December 31, 2011 included original FICO scores for approximately $153 million and $30 million of one- to four-family and home equity loans, respectively.

 

     One- to Four-Family      Home Equity  

Acquisition Channel

   September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Purchased from a third party

   $ 4,694.3      $ 5,420.8      $ 3,904.8      $ 4,669.6  

Originated by the Company

     1,020.7        1,195.0        537.4        659.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,715.0      $ 6,615.8      $ 4,442.2      $ 5,328.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents
     One- to Four-Family      Home Equity  

Vintage Year

   September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

2003 and prior

   $ 201.6      $ 239.9      $ 238.2      $ 302.6  

2004

     537.9        620.5        384.5        472.9  

2005

     1,162.9        1,377.7        1,183.4        1,387.0  

2006

     2,219.2        2,528.5        2,061.3        2,480.0  

2007

     1,588.2        1,841.1        564.9        674.8  

2008

     5.2        8.1        9.9        11.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,715.0      $ 6,615.8      $ 4,442.2      $ 5,328.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     One- to Four-Family      Home Equity  

Geographic Location

   September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

California

   $ 2,700.9      $ 3,096.0      $ 1,405.1      $ 1,690.3  

New York

     406.0        488.2        327.9        387.0  

Florida

     388.7        458.2        313.4        377.8  

Virginia

     242.2        280.8        201.9        234.1  

Other states

     1,977.2        2,292.6        2,193.9        2,639.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,715.0      $ 6,615.8      $ 4,442.2      $ 5,328.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Approximately 40% of the Company’s real estate loans were concentrated in California at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. No other state had concentrations of real estate loans that represented 10% or more of the Company’s real estate portfolio.

Additionally, in the current and anticipated interest rate environment, we do not expect interest rate resets to be a material driver of credit costs in the future. As of September 30, 2012, a total of $2.7 billion of one- to four-family loans have already reset for the first time and another $2.5 billion are expected to reset for the first time in the next six years, including less than $0.1 billion in the remainder of 2012. We expect approximately $0.7 billion in one- to four-family loans that have already reset to experience another interest rate reset in the remainder of 2012. We estimate that less than 1% of all one- to four-family loans expected to reset in the remainder of 2012 will experience a payment increase of more than 10% and nearly 90% are expected to reset to a lower payment in 2012. The following table outlines the percentage of one- to four-family loans that have reset and are expected to reset for the first time as of September 30, 2012:

 

Period of First Interest Rate Reset

   % of Total One- to Four-Family
First Resets
 

Already reset

     52 

Through December 31, 2012

       0 

Year ending December 31, 2013

       4 

Year ending December 31, 2014

       5 

Year ending December 31, 2015

       5 

Year ending December 31, 2016

     15 

Year ending December 31, 2017

     19 

 

33


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The estimate of the allowance for loan losses is based on a variety of quantitative and qualitative factors, including the composition and quality of the portfolio; delinquency levels and trends; current and historical charge-off and loss experience; our historical loss mitigation experience; the condition of the real estate market and geographic concentrations within the loan portfolio; the interest rate climate; the overall availability of housing credit; and general economic conditions. The allowance for loan losses is typically equal to management’s forecast of loan losses in the twelve months following the balance sheet date as well as the forecasted losses, including economic concessions to borrowers, over the estimated remaining life of loans modified as TDRs. The following table presents the allowance for loan losses by major loan category (dollars in millions):

 

    One- to Four-Family     Home Equity     Consumer and Other     Total  
    Allowance     Allowance
as a % of
Loans
Receivable(1)
    Allowance     Allowance
as a % of
Loans
Receivable(1)
    Allowance     Allowance
as a % of
Loans
Receivable(1)
    Allowance     Allowance
as a % of
Loans
Receivable
 

September 30, 2012

  $ 206.4       3.60   $ 260.9       5.82   $ 41.0       4.49   $ 508.3       4.56

December 31, 2011

  $ 314.2       4.73   $ 463.3       8.60   $ 45.3       4.02   $ 822.8       6.25

 

(1)   

Allowance as a percentage of loans receivable is calculated based on the gross loans receivable for each respective category.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the allowance for loan losses decreased by $314.5 million from the level at December 31, 2011. During the first quarter of 2012, we completed an evaluation of certain programs and practices that were designed in accordance with guidance from our former regulator, the OTS. This evaluation was initiated in connection with our transition from the OTS to the OCC, our new primary banking regulator. As a result of our evaluation, loan modification policies and procedures were aligned with the guidance from the OCC. The review resulted in a significant increase in charge-offs during the first quarter of 2012. The majority of the losses associated with these charge-offs were previously reflected in the specific valuation allowance and qualitative component of the general allowance for loan losses. See Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates for a discussion of the estimates and assumptions used in the allowance for loan losses, including the qualitative reserve. The following table shows the trend of the ratio of the general allowance for loan losses, excluding the qualitative component, to non-TDR nonperforming loans (dollars in millions):

 

     Total Nonperforming Loans,
Excluding TDRs
     General Allowance for
Loan Losses
     Coverage
Ratio
 

September 30, 2012

   $     516.7      $     276.5        54

June 30, 2012

   $ 548.3      $ 290.4        53

March 31, 2012

   $ 520.9      $ 326.6        63

December 31, 2011

   $ 595.9      $ 378.6        64

September 30, 2011

   $ 680.6      $ 429.6        63

During the first quarter of 2012, interagency supervisory guidance related to practices associated with loans and lines of credit secured by junior liens on one- to four-family residential properties was issued. The guidance indicated that if a senior lien is delinquent, it should be considered in determining the income recognition of the junior lien. The vast majority the Company’s home equity loans were purchased in the secondary market; therefore, the Company holds both the first and second lien positions in less than 1% of the home equity loan portfolio. The Company does not directly service its loans and as a result, relies on third party vendors and servicers to provide information on the home equity portfolio, including data on the first lien positions related to second lien home equity loans. During the second quarter of 2012, the Company engaged additional third parties in order to receive expanded information on the lien senior to the borrower’s junior lien, including delinquency and modification status. As a result, approximately $180 million of unpaid principal balance, or approximately 4% of performing second lien home equity loans, were placed on nonaccrual status as a result of the interagency supervisory guidance during the second quarter of 2012.

 

34


Table of Contents

Troubled Debt Restructurings

TDRs include loan modifications completed under our modification programs that involve granting an economic concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. TDRs do not include loans that have been charged-off due to bankruptcy notification if the loan has not been modified under our programs. As of September 30, 2012, we had $369.6 million in unpaid principal balances of these loans that had been written down to the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs, or $191.0 million. At September 30, 2012, $95.5 million of these loans were classified as nonperforming.

Included in allowance for loan losses was a specific valuation allowance of $191.3 million and $320.1 million that was established for TDRs at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The specific valuation allowance for these individually impaired loans represents the forecasted losses over the remaining life of the loan, including the economic concession to the borrower. The following table shows loans that have been modified in a TDR and the specific valuation allowance by loan portfolio as well as the percentage of total expected losses as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (dollars in millions):

 

     Recorded
Investment in
TDRs before
Charge-offs
     Charge-offs     Recorded
Investment
in TDRs
     Specific
Valuation
Allowance
    Net Investment
in TDRs
     Specific Valuation
Allowance as a %
of TDR Loans
    Total
Expected
Losses
 

September 30, 2012

                 

One- to four-family

   $ 1,374.8      $ (311.1   $ 1,063.7      $ (98.6   $ 965.1        9     30

Home equity

     405.3        (156.8     248.5        (92.7     155.8        37     62
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total

   $ 1,780.1      $ (467.9   $ 1,312.2      $ (191.3   $ 1,120.9        15     37
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

December 31, 2011

                 

One- to four-family

   $ 1,209.4      $ (236.4   $ 973.0      $ (101.2   $ 871.8        10     28

Home equity

     490.4        (44.5     445.9        (218.9     227.0        49     55
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total

   $ 1,699.8      $ (280.9   $ 1,418.9      $ (320.1   $ 1,098.8        23     35
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

The recorded investment in TDRs includes the charge-offs related to certain loans that were written down to the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated costs to sell. These charge-offs were recorded on loans that were delinquent in excess of 180 days or in bankruptcy and on TDRs when certain characteristics of the loan, including CLTV, borrower’s credit and type of modification, cast substantial doubt on the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. The total expected loss on TDRs includes both the previously recorded charge-offs and the specific valuation allowance. Total expected losses on TDRs increased slightly from 35% at December 31, 2011 to 37% at September 30, 2012.

 

35


Table of Contents

Historically, we reported the average re-delinquency rates for TDRs twelve months after the modification occurred as this metric was a key indication of the effectiveness of our modification programs. As a result of an overall decline in delinquent loans and the elimination of certain modification programs in the first quarter of 2012, TDR volumes have decreased significantly in 2012. While the re-delinquency rates twelve months after modification have remained stable, this metric has become less meaningful as the vast majority of our TDR’s are beyond twelve months since modification date. Therefore, we have ceased using this measure as a key indicator of TDR performance. The overall delinquency status of TDRs is now the primary measure we use to evaluate the performance of our TDRs. The following table shows the TDRs by delinquency category as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (dollars in millions):

 

     TDRs Current      TDRs 30-89 Days
Delinquent
     TDRs 90-179 Days
Delinquent
     TDRs 180+ Days
Delinquent
     Total Recorded
Investment in
TDRs
 

September 30, 2012

              

One- to four-family

   $ 849.1      $ 94.5      $ 39.8      $ 80.3      $ 1,063.7  

Home equity

     215.7        18.0        9.0        5.8        248.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,064.8      $ 112.5      $ 48.8      $ 86.1      $ 1,312.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

              

One- to four-family

   $ 767.3      $ 88.2      $ 33.2      $ 84.3      $ 973.0  

Home equity

     351.6        51.4        34.5        8.4        445.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,118.9      $ 139.6      $ 67.7      $ 92.7      $ 1,418.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TDRs on accrual status, which are current and have made six or more consecutive payments, were $841.9 million and $795.3 million at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Net Charge-offs

The following table provides an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and net charge-offs for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in millions):

 

     Charge-offs     Recoveries(1)      Net
Charge- offs
    % of Average
Loans
(Annualized)
 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2012

                         

One- to four-family

   $ (34.2   $ —         $ (34.2     2.34

Home equity

     (120.3     9.3        (111.0     9.04

Consumer and other

     (17.1     3.8        (13.3     5.58
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ (171.6   $ 13.1      $ (158.5     5.41
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Three Months Ended September 30, 2011

                         

One- to four-family

   $ (44.3   $ —         $ (44.3     2.49

Home equity

     (112.9     8.3        (104.6     7.07

Consumer and other

     (12.7     4.7        (8.0     2.57
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ (169.9   $ 13.0      $ (156.9     4.39
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

36


Table of Contents
     Charge-offs     Recoveries      Net
Charge-offs
    % of Average
Loans
(Annualized)
 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

                         

One- to four-family

   $ (157.9   $ 9.3      $ (148.6     3.23

Home equity

     (445.5     30.0        (415.5     10.73

Consumer and other

     (40.3     9.6        (30.7     4.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ (643.7   $ 48.9      $ (594.8     6.44
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011

                         

One- to four-family

   $ (158.2   $ —         $ (158.2     2.81

Home equity

     (366.3     24.1        (342.2     7.36

Consumer and other

     (42.9     14.7        (28.2     2.83
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ (567.4   $ 38.8      $ (528.6     4.69
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

(1)   

Recoveries include the impact of global settlements.

Loan losses are recognized when it is probable that a loss has been incurred. The charge-off policy for both one- to four-family and home equity loans is to assess the value of the property when the loan has been delinquent for 180 days or is in bankruptcy, regardless of whether or not the property is in foreclosure, and charge-off the amount of the loan balance in excess of the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated costs to sell. TDRs are charged-off when they are identified as collateral dependent based on the terms of the modification, which includes assigning a higher level of risk to loans in which the LTV or CLTV is greater than 110%, a borrower’s credit score is less than 600 and certain types of modifications, such as interest-only payments and terms longer than 30 years. Closed-end consumer loans are charged-off when the loan has been 120 days delinquent or when it is determined that collection is not probable.

Net charge-offs for the three months ended September 30, 2012 compared to 2011 increased by $1.6 million. Net charge-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 compared to 2011 increased by $66.2 million. The timing and magnitude of the charge-offs are affected by many factors and we anticipate variability from quarter to quarter while continuing to see a downward trend over the long term.

During the first quarter of 2012 we completed an evaluation of certain programs and practices that were designed in accordance with guidance from our former regulator, the OTS. This evaluation was initiated in connection with our transition from the OTS to the OCC, our new primary banking regulator. As a result of our evaluation, loan modification policies and procedures were aligned with the guidance from the OCC. The review resulted in a significant increase in charge-offs during the first quarter of 2012.

 

37


Table of Contents

We utilize third party loan servicers to obtain bankruptcy data on our borrowers and during the third quarter of 2012, we identified an increase in bankruptcies reported by one specific servicer. In researching this increase, we discovered that the servicer had not been reporting historical bankruptcy data on a timely basis. As a result, we implemented an enhanced procedure around all servicer reporting to corroborate bankruptcy reporting with independent third party data. Through this additional process, approximately $90 million of loans were identified in which servicers failed to report the bankruptcy filing to us, approximately 90% of which were current at September 30, 2012. As a result, these loans were written down to the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs, or approximately $40 million, during the third quarter of 2012. These newly identified bankruptcy filings resulted in an increase to net charge-offs and provision for loan losses of $50 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012, with approximately 80% related to prior years. The following graph illustrates the net charge-offs by quarter:

 

LOGO

Nonperforming Assets

We classify loans as nonperforming when they are no longer accruing interest, which includes loans that are 90 days and greater past due, TDRs that are on nonaccrual status for all classes of loans and certain junior liens that have a delinquent senior lien. The following table shows the comparative data for nonperforming loans and assets (dollars in millions):

 

     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

One- to four-family

   $ 709.9     $ 930.2  

Home equity

     278.7       281.4  

Consumer and other

     3.7       4.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

     992.3       1,216.1  

Real estate owned (“REO”) and other repossessed assets, net

     74.8       87.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets, net

   $ 1,067.1     $ 1,303.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans receivable as a percentage of gross loans receivable

     8.97     9.24

One- to four-family allowance for loan losses as a percentage of one- to four-family nonperforming loans

     29.07     33.78

Home equity allowance for loan losses as a percentage of home equity nonperforming loans

     93.60     164.64

Consumer and other allowance for loan losses as a percentage of consumer and other nonperforming loans

     1108.11     1000.46

Total allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans

     51.22     67.66

 

38


Table of Contents

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, nonperforming assets, net decreased $236.6 million to $1.1 billion when compared to December 31, 2011. This decrease was due to both improving credit trends and the additional charge-offs recorded as a result of the completion of the evaluation of certain programs and practices that were designed in accordance with guidance from our former regulator, the OTS. This evaluation was initiated in connection with our transition from the OTS to the OCC, our new primary banking regulator. As a result of our evaluation, loan modification policies and procedures were aligned with the guidance from the OCC. The review resulted in a significant increase in charge-offs during the three months ended March 31, 2012, which also decreased the loans receivable balance. This decrease was partially offset by the additional second lien home equity loans placed on nonaccrual status during the second quarter of 2012.

During the first quarter of 2012, interagency supervisory guidance related to practices associated with loans and lines of credit secured by junior liens on one- to four-family residential properties was issued. The guidance indicated that if a senior lien is delinquent, it should be considered in determining the income recognition of the junior lien. The vast majority the Company’s home equity loans were purchased in the secondary market; therefore, the Company holds both the first and second lien positions in less than 1% of the home equity loan portfolio. The Company does not directly service its loans and as a result, relies on third party vendors and servicers to provide information on the home equity portfolio, including data on the first lien positions related to second lien home equity loans. During the second quarter of 2012, the Company engaged additional third parties in order to receive expanded information on the lien senior to the borrower’s junior lien, including delinquency and modification status. As a result, approximately $180 million of unpaid principal balance, or approximately 4% of performing second lien home equity loans, were placed on nonaccrual status as a result of the interagency supervisory guidance during the second quarter of 2012.

The following graph illustrates the nonperforming loans by quarter:

 

LOGO

Delinquent Loans

We believe the distinction between loans delinquent 90 to 179 days and loans delinquent 180 days and greater is important as loans delinquent 180 days and greater have been written down to their expected recovery value, whereas loans delinquent 90 to 179 days have not (unless they are in process of bankruptcy or are TDRs that have substantial doubt as to the borrower’s ability to repay the loan). We believe loans delinquent 90 to 179 days are an important measure because these loans are expected to drive the vast majority of future charge-offs. Additional charge-offs on loans delinquent 180 days and greater are possible if home prices decline beyond

 

39


Table of Contents

current expectations, but we do not anticipate these charge-offs to be significant, particularly when compared to the expected charge-offs on loans delinquent 90 to 179 days. We expect the balances of one- to four-family loans delinquent 180 days and greater to decline over time; however, we expect the balances to remain at high levels in the near term due to the extensive amount of time it takes to foreclose on a property in the current real estate market. The following table shows the comparative data for loans delinquent 90 to 179 days (dollars in millions):

 

     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

One- to four-family

   $ 107.5     $ 136.2  

Home equity

     64.8       99.7  

Consumer and other loans

     3.5       4.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans delinquent 90-179 days(1)

   $ 175.8     $ 240.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans delinquent 90-179 days as a percentage of gross loans receivable

     1.58     1.82

 

(1)   

The decrease in loans delinquent 90-179 days includes the impact of loan modification programs in which borrowers who were 90-179 days past due were made current. Loans modified as TDRs are accounted for as nonaccrual loans at the time of modification and return to accrual status after six consecutive payments are made in accordance with the modified terms.

One- to four-family loans delinquent 90-179 days declined $28.7 million to $107.5 million and home equity loans delinquent 90-179 days declined $34.9 million to $64.8 million due to both improving credit trends and the additional charge-offs recorded as a result of the completion of the evaluation of certain programs and practices, as previously discussed. The review resulted in a significant increase in charge-offs during the first quarter of 2012, which also decreased the loans receivable balance. The following graph shows the loans delinquent 90 to 179 days for each of our major loan categories:

 

LOGO

 

40


Table of Contents

In addition to nonperforming assets, we monitor loans in which a borrower’s current credit history casts doubt on their ability to repay a loan. We classify loans as special mention when they are between 30 and 89 days past due. The following table shows the comparative data for special mention loans (dollars in millions):

 

     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

One- to four-family

   $ 210.2     $ 294.8  

Home equity

     99.2       154.6  

Consumer and other loans

     17.9       17.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total special mention loans(1)

   $ 327.3     $ 467.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Special mention loans receivable as a percentage of gross loans receivable

     2.94     3.55
    

 

(1)   

The decrease in special mention loans includes the impact of loan modification programs in which borrowers who were 30 to 89 days past due were made current. Loans modified as TDRs are accounted for as nonaccrual loans at the time of modification and return to accrual status after six consecutive payments are made in accordance with the modified terms.

The trend in special mention loan balances is generally indicative of the expected trend for charge-offs in future periods, as these loans have a greater propensity to migrate into nonaccrual status and ultimately charge-off. One- to four-family loans are generally secured in a first lien position by real estate assets, reducing the potential loss when compared to an unsecured loan. Home equity loans are generally secured by real estate assets; however, the majority of these loans are secured in a second lien position, which substantially increases the potential loss when compared to a first lien position. The loss severity of our second lien home equity loans is approximately 95%.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, special mention loans decreased by $139.8 million to $327.3 million and are down 68% from their peak of $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2008. This decrease was largely due to both improving credit trends and the additional charge-offs recorded as a result of the completion of the evaluation of certain programs and practices, as previously discussed. The review resulted in a significant increase in charge-offs during the first quarter of 2012, which also decreased the loans receivable balance. While the level of special mention loans can fluctuate significantly in any given period, we believe the continued decrease is an encouraging sign regarding the future credit performance of the mortgage loan portfolio. The following graph illustrates the special mention loans by quarter:

 

LOGO

 

41


Table of Contents

Securities

We focus primarily on security type and credit rating to monitor credit risk in our securities portfolios. We believe our highest concentration of credit risk within this portfolio is the non-agency CMO portfolio. The table below details the amortized cost of non-agency debt securities, municipal bonds, corporate bonds and FHLB stock by average credit ratings and type of asset as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (dollars in millions):

 

September 30, 2012

   AAA      AA      A      BBB      Below
Investment
Grade and
Non-Rated
     Total  

Non-agency CMOs

   $ 4.6      $ 2.5      $ 8.7        11.9      $ 330.7      $ 358.4  

Municipal bonds, corporate bonds and FHLB stock

     139.2        20.0        2.5        15.0        —           176.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 143.8      $ 22.5      $ 11.2      $ 26.9      $ 330.7      $ 535.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

   AAA      AA      A      BBB      Below
Investment
Grade and
Non-Rated
     Total  

Non-agency CMOs

   $ 5.6      $ 9.9      $ 8.0      $ 16.1      $ 383.0      $ 422.6  

Municipal bonds, corporate bonds and FHLB stock

     150.8        20.0        8.0        9.5        19.9        208.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 156.4      $ 29.9      $ 16.0      $ 25.6      $ 402.9      $ 630.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We also held $23.9 billion and $21.1 billion of agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs, agency debentures and other agency debt securities at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. We consider securities backed by the U.S. government or its agencies to have low credit risk as the long-term debt rating of the U.S. government is AA+ by S&P and AAA by Moody’s and Fitch.

Certain non-agency CMOs were other-than-temporarily impaired as a result of the deterioration in the expected credit performance of the underlying loans in those specific securities. As of September 30, 2012, we held approximately $272.3 million in amortized cost of non-agency CMOs that had been other-than-temporarily impaired. We recorded $2.4 million and $3.2 million of net impairment for the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $11.2 million and $12.1 million of net impairment for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to other-than-temporarily impaired non-agency CMOs. Further declines in the performance of our non-agency CMO portfolio could result in additional impairments in future periods.

SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. Note 1–Organization, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as updated in this report, contains a summary of our significant accounting policies, many of which require the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and related notes for the periods presented. Actual results could differ from our estimates. Changes in these estimates or assumptions could materially impact our financial condition and results of operations. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following are noteworthy because they are based on estimates and assumptions that require complex and subjective judgments by management: allowance for loan losses; estimates of effective tax rates, deferred taxes and valuation allowances; classification and valuation of certain investments; accounting for derivative instruments; fair value measurements; and valuation of goodwill and other intangibles. The accounting policy for allowance for loan losses has been updated for the period ended September 30, 2012 to reflect the change in the qualitative component of the general allowance for loan losses.

 

42


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses

Description

The allowance for loan losses is management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. In determining the adequacy of the allowance, we perform periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and loss forecasting assumptions. As of September 30, 2012, the allowance for loan losses was $508.3 million on $11.1 billion of total loans receivable designated as held-for-investment.

Judgments

Determining the adequacy of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses by loan portfolio segment: one- to four-family, home equity and consumer and other. The estimate of the allowance for loan losses is based on a variety of quantitative and qualitative factors, including the composition and quality of the portfolio; delinquency levels and trends; current and historical charge-off and loss experience; our historical loss mitigation experience; the condition of the real estate market and geographic concentrations within the loan portfolio; the interest rate climate; the overall availability of housing credit; and general economic conditions. The allowance for loan losses is typically equal to management’s forecast of loan losses in the twelve months following the balance sheet date as well as the forecasted losses, including economic concessions to borrowers, over the estimated remaining life of loans modified as TDRs.

For loans that are not TDRs, we established a general allowance. The one- to four-family and home equity loan portfolios are separated into risk segments based on key risk factors, which include but are not limited to loan type, loan acquisition channel, delinquency history, documentation type, LTV/CLTV ratio and borrowers’ credit scores. For home equity loans in the second lien position, the original balance of the first lien loan at origination date and updated valuations on the property underlying the loan are used to calculate CLTV. Both current CLTV and FICO scores are among the factors utilized to categorize the risk associated with mortgage loans and assign a probability assumption of future default. We utilize historical mortgage loan performance data to develop the forecast of delinquency and default for these risk segments. The consumer and other loan portfolio is separated into risk segments by product and delinquency status. We utilize historical performance data and historical recovery rates on collateral liquidation to forecast delinquency and loss at the product level. The one- to four-family and home equity loan portfolios represented 52% and 40%, respectively, of total loans receivable as of September 30, 2012. The consumer and other loan portfolio represented 8% of total loans receivable as of September 30, 2012.

The general allowance for loan losses also included a qualitative component to account for a variety of economic, operational and portfolio specific factors that are not directly considered in the quantitative loss model but are factors we believe may impact the level of credit losses. Examples of these factors are changes in the level of unemployment, changes in the legal and regulatory environment and the impact of historical loan modification activity, which impacts the historical performance data used to forecast delinquency and default in the general allowance for loan losses. In connection with the transition from the OTS to the OCC, during the fourth quarter of 2011, we suspended certain home equity loan modification programs that required changes to be aligned with the guidance from the OCC, our new primary banking regulator. These suspended programs were discontinued in the first quarter of 2012 which resulted in a decrease in the volume of TDRs in 2012. A portion of the qualitative component captures estimated losses associated with the impact of the historical loan modification activity assumed in the quantitative general allowance for loan losses. As a result, we do not anticipate a material impact to provision for loan losses in future periods.

The qualitative component for the consumer and other loan portfolio was 15% of the general allowance at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The qualitative component for the one- to four-family and home

 

43


Table of Contents

equity loan portfolios decreased from 35% of the general allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2011 to 15% at September 30, 2012. The total qualitative component was $40 million as of September 30, 2012. The decrease in the qualitative reserve from December 31, 2011 to September 30, 2012 reflects the completion of our evaluation of certain programs and practices that were designed in accordance with guidance from our former regulator, the OTS. This evaluation was initiated in connection with the transition from the OTS to the OCC. As a result of the evaluation, loan modification policies and procedures were aligned with the guidance from the OCC. The qualitative component was increased to 35% during the fourth quarter of 2011 to reflect additional estimated losses due to this evaluation. The review resulted in a significant increase in charge-offs during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and a corresponding decrease in the qualitative component.

For modified loans accounted for as TDRs that are valued using the discounted cash flow model, we established a specific allowance. The specific allowance for TDRs factors in the historical default rate of an individual loan before being modified as a TDR in the discounted cash flow analysis in order to determine that specific loan’s expected impairment. Specifically, a loan that has a more severe delinquency history prior to modification will have a higher future default rate in the discounted cash flow analysis than a loan that was not as severely delinquent. For both of the one- to four-family and home equity loan portfolio segments, the pre-modification delinquency status, the borrower’s current credit score and other credit bureau attributes, in addition to each loan’s individual default experience and credit characteristics, are incorporated into the calculation of the specific allowance. A specific allowance is established to the extent that the recorded investment exceeds the discounted cash flows of a TDR with a corresponding charge to provision for loan losses. The specific allowance for these individually impaired loans represents the forecasted losses over the estimated remaining life of the loan, including the economic concession to the borrower.

Effects if Actual Results Differ

The crisis in the residential real estate and credit markets has substantially increased the complexity and uncertainty involved in estimating the losses inherent in the loan portfolio. In the current market it is difficult to estimate how potential changes in the quantitative and qualitative factors might impact the allowance for loan losses. If our underlying assumptions and judgments prove to be inaccurate, the allowance for loan losses could be insufficient to cover actual losses. We may be required under such circumstances to further increase the provision for loan losses, which could have an adverse effect on the regulatory capital position and our results of operations in future periods.

As we progress in our transition to the OCC and Federal Reserve, a key focus is to align all of our policies and procedures with the guidance of our new regulators. While our regulators are in the process of completing their initial review of our business and practices, the process itself is dynamic and ongoing and we cannot be certain that additional changes or actions will not result from their continuing review.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Active accounts—Accounts with a balance of $25 or more or a trade in the last six months.

Active customers—Customers that have an account with a balance of $25 or more or a trade in the last six months.

Active Trader—The customer group that includes those who execute 30 or more trades per quarter.

Adjusted total assets—E*TRADE Bank-only assets composed of total assets plus/(less) unrealized losses (gains) on available-for-sale securities, less disallowed deferred tax assets, goodwill and certain other intangible assets.

Agency—U.S. Government sponsored and federal agencies, such as Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Government National Mortgage Association, the Small Business Administration and the Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

44


Table of Contents

ALCO—Asset Liability Committee.

AML—Anti-Money Laundering.

APIC—Additional paid-in capital.

Average commission per trade—Total trading and investing segment commissions revenue divided by total number of trades.

Average equity to average total assets—Average total shareholders’ equity divided by average total assets.

Bank—ETB Holdings, Inc. (“ETBH”), the entity that is our bank holding company and parent to E*TRADE Bank.

Basis point—One one-hundredth of a percentage point.

BCBS—International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.

BOLI—Bank-Owned Life Insurance.

CAMELS rating—A U.S. supervisory rating of a bank’s overall condition. The components of the rating consist of Capital adequacy, Asset quality, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity to market risk.

Cash flow hedge—A derivative instrument designated in a hedging relationship that mitigates exposure to variability in expected future cash flows attributable to a particular risk.

CFPB—Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

Charge-off—The result of removing a loan or portion of a loan from an entity’s balance sheet because the loan is considered to be uncollectible.

CLTV—Combined loan-to-value.

CMOs—Collateralized mortgage obligations.

Corporate cash—Cash held at the parent company as well as cash held in certain subsidiaries that can distribute cash to the parent company without any regulatory approval.

Customer assets—Market value of all customer assets held by the Company including security holdings, customer cash and deposits and vested unexercised options.

Customer cash and deposits—Customer cash, deposits, customer payables and money market balances, including those held by third parties.

Daily average revenue trades (“DARTs”)—Total revenue trades in a period divided by the number of trading days during that period.

Debt Exchange—In the third quarter of 2009, we exchanged $1.7 billion aggregate principal amount of our corporate debt, including $1.3 billion principal amount of the 2017 Notes and $0.4 billion principal amount of the 2011 Notes, for an equal principal amount of newly-issued non-interest-bearing convertible debentures due 2019.

Derivative—A financial instrument or other contract, the price of which is directly dependent upon the value of one or more underlying securities, interest rates or any agreed upon pricing index. Derivatives cover a wide assortment of financial contracts, including forward contracts, options and swaps.

 

45


Table of Contents

DIF—Depositors Insurance Fund.

Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”)—The present value of expected cash inflows from existing assets, minus the present value of expected cash outflows from existing liabilities, plus the expected cash inflows and outflows from existing derivatives and forward commitments. This calculation is performed for E*TRADE Bank.

Enterprise interest-bearing liabilities—Liabilities such as customer deposits, repurchase agreements, FHLB advances and other borrowings, certain customer credit balances and securities loaned programs on which the Company pays interest; excludes customer money market balances held by third parties.

Enterprise interest-earning assets—Consists of the primary interest-earning assets of the Company and includes: loans, available-for-sale securities, held-to-maturity securities, margin receivables, trading securities, securities borrowed balances and cash and investments required to be segregated under regulatory guidelines that earn interest for the Company.

Enterprise net interest income—The taxable equivalent basis net operating interest income excluding corporate interest income and corporate interest expense and interest earned on customer cash held by third parties.

Enterprise net interest margin—The enterprise net operating interest income divided by total enterprise interest-earning assets.

Enterprise net interest spread—The taxable equivalent rate earned on average enterprise interest-earning assets less the rate paid on average enterprise interest-bearing liabilities, excluding corporate interest-earning assets and liabilities and customer cash held by third parties.

Exchange-traded funds—A fund that invests in a group of securities and trades like an individual stock on an exchange.

Fair value—The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Fair value hedge—A derivative instrument designated in a hedging relationship that mitigates exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or a firm commitment.

Fannie Mae—Federal National Mortgage Association.

FASB—Financial Accounting Standards Board.

FDIC—Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

FHLB—Federal Home Loan Bank.

FICO—Fair Isaac Credit Organization.

FINRA—Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Fixed charge coverage ratio—Net income before taxes, depreciation and amortization and corporate interest expense divided by corporate interest expense. This ratio indicates the Company’s ability to satisfy fixed financing expenses.

Forex—A type of trade that involves buying one currency while simultaneously selling another. Currencies are traded in pairs consisting of a “base currency” and a “quote currency.”

 

46


Table of Contents

Freddie Mac—Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.

FSA—United Kingdom Financial Services Authority.

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”)—Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Ginnie Mae—Government National Mortgage Association.

Gross loans receivable—Includes unpaid principal balances and premiums (discounts).

IFRS—International Financial Reporting Standards.

Interest rate cap—An options contract that puts an upper limit on a floating exchange rate. The writer of the cap has to pay the holder of the cap the difference between the floating rate and the upper limit when that upper limit is breached. There is usually a premium paid by the buyer of such a contract.

Interest rate floor—An options contract that puts a lower limit on a floating exchange rate. The writer of the floor has to pay the holder of the floor the difference between the floating rate and the lower limit when that lower limit is breached. There is usually a premium paid by the buyer of such a contract.

Interest rate swaps—Contracts that are entered into primarily as an asset/liability management strategy to reduce interest rate risk. Interest rate swap contracts are exchanges of interest rate payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on notional principal amounts.

LIBOR—London Interbank Offered Rate. LIBOR is the interest rate at which banks borrow funds from other banks in the London wholesale money market (or interbank market).

Long-term investor—The customer group that includes those who invest for the long term.

LTV—Loan-to-value.

NASAANorth American Securities Administrators Association.

NASDAQ—National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations.

Net new customer asset flows—The total inflows to all new and existing customer accounts less total outflows from all closed and existing customer accounts, excluding the effects of market movements in the value of customer assets.

NOLs—Net operating losses.

Nonperforming assets—Assets that do not earn income, including those originally acquired to earn income (nonperforming loans) and those not intended to earn income (REO). Loans are classified as nonperforming when they are no longer accruing interest, which includes loans that are 90 days and greater past due, TDRs that are on nonaccrual status for all classes of loans and certain junior liens that have a delinquent senior lien.

Notional amount—The specified dollar amount underlying a derivative on which the calculated payments are based.

NYSENew York Stock Exchange.

OCCOffice of the Comptroller of the Currency.

 

47


Table of Contents

Operating margin—Income before other income (expense), income tax expense and discontinued operations, if applicable.

Options—Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to either purchase or sell the associated financial instrument at a set price during a period or at a specified date in the future.

OTTI—Other-than-temporary impairment.

OTS—Office of Thrift Supervision.

Real estate owned (“REO”) and other repossessed assets—Ownership or physical possession of real property by the Company, generally acquired as a result of foreclosure or repossession.

Recovery—Cash proceeds received on a loan that had been previously charged off.

Repurchase agreement—An agreement giving the seller of an asset the right or obligation to buy back the same or similar securities at a specified price on a given date. These agreements are generally collateralized by mortgage-backed or investment-grade securities.

Retail deposits—Balances of customer cash held at the Bank; excludes brokered certificates of deposit.

Return on average total assets—Annualized net income divided by average assets.

Return on average total shareholders’ equity—Annualized net income divided by average shareholders’ equity.

Risk-weighted assets—Primarily computed by the assignment of specific risk-weightings assigned by the regulators to assets and off-balance sheet instruments for capital adequacy calculations.

S&PStandard & Poor’s.

SEC—U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Special mention loans—Loans where a borrower’s current credit history casts doubt on their ability to repay a loan. Loans are classified as special mention when loans are between 30 and 89 days past due.

Stock plan trades—Trades that originate from our corporate services business, which provides software and services to assist corporate customers in managing their equity compensation plans. The trades typically occur when an employee of a corporate customer exercises a stock option or sells restricted stock.

Sweep deposit accounts—Accounts with the functionality to transfer brokerage cash balances to and from a FDIC insured account at the banking subsidiaries.

Sub-prime—Defined as borrowers with FICO scores less than 620 at the time of origination.

Taxable equivalent interest adjustment—The operating interest income earned on certain assets is completely or partially exempt from federal and/or state income tax. These tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than a taxable investment. To provide more meaningful comparison of yields and margins for all interest-earning assets, the interest income earned on tax exempt assets is increased to make it fully equivalent to interest income on other taxable investments. This adjustment is done for the analytic purposes in the net enterprise interest income/spread calculation and is not made on the consolidated statement of income, as that is not permitted under GAAP.

 

48


Table of Contents

Tier 1 capital—Adjusted equity capital used in the calculation of capital adequacy ratios. Tier 1 capital equals: total shareholders’ equity, plus/(less) unrealized losses (gains) on available-for-sale securities and cash flow hedges and qualifying restricted core capital elements, less disallowed servicing and deferred tax assets, goodwill and certain other intangible assets.

Troubled Debt Restructuring (“TDR”)—A loan modification that involves granting an economic concession to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulty.

Wholesale borrowings—Borrowings that consist of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances and other borrowings.

ITEM 3.     QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The following discussion about market risk disclosure includes forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A. Risk Factors in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, and as updated in this report. Market risk is exposure to changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity and commodity prices. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate risk, which represents exposures to instruments whose values vary with changes of interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk is related primarily to interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the vast majority of which are held for non-trading purposes. The management of interest rate risk is essential to profitability. The primary objective of the management of interest rate risk is to control exposure to interest rates within the board-approved limits, as outlined in the scenario analysis below, and with limited exposure to earnings volatility resulting from interest rate fluctuations. Our general strategies to manage interest rate risk include balancing variable-rate and fixed-rate assets and liabilities and utilizing derivatives in a way that reduces overall exposure to changes in interest rates. Exposure to interest rate risk requires management to make complex assumptions regarding maturities, market interest rates and customer behavior. Changes in interest rates, including the following, could impact interest income and expense:

 

   

Interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities may re-price at different times or by different amounts creating a mismatch.

 

   

The yield curve may steepen, flatten or change shape affecting the spread between short- and long-term rates. Widening or narrowing spreads could impact net interest income.

 

   

Market interest rates may influence prepayments resulting in maturity mismatches. In addition, prepayments could impact yields as premium and discounts amortize.

Exposure to market risk is dependent upon the distribution and composition of interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and derivatives. The differing risk characteristics of each product are managed to mitigate our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. At September 30, 2012, 90% of our total assets were enterprise interest-earning assets.

At September 30, 2012, approximately 62% of total assets were residential real estate loans and available-for-sale and held-to-maturity mortgage-backed securities. The values of these assets are sensitive to changes in interest rates, as well as expected prepayment levels. As interest rates increase, fixed rate residential mortgages and mortgage-backed securities tend to exhibit lower prepayments. The inverse is true in a falling rate environment.

When real estate loans prepay, unamortized premiums are written off. Depending on the timing of the prepayment, the write-offs of unamortized premiums may result in lower than anticipated yields. The Asset

 

49


Table of Contents

Liability Committee (“ALCO”) reviews estimates of the impact of changing market rates on prepayments. This information is incorporated into our interest rate risk management strategy.

Our liability structure consists of two central sources of funding: deposits and wholesale borrowings. Cash provided to us through deposits is the primary source of funding. Key deposit products include sweep accounts, complete savings accounts and other money market and savings accounts. Wholesale borrowings include securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances. Other sources of funding include customer payables, which is customer cash contained within our broker-dealers, and corporate debt issued by the parent company.

Deposit accounts and customer payables tend to be less rate-sensitive than wholesale borrowings. Agreements to repurchase securities re-price as agreements reset. Sweep accounts, complete savings accounts and other money market and savings accounts re-price at management’s discretion. FHLB advances and corporate debt generally have fixed rates.

Derivative Instruments

We use derivative instruments to help manage interest rate risk. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed-rate and variable-rate interest payments between two parties based on a contractual underlying notional amount, but do not involve the exchange of the underlying notional amounts. Option products are utilized primarily to decrease the market value changes resulting from the prepayment dynamics of the mortgage portfolio, as well as to protect against increases in funding costs. The types of options employed include Cap Options (“Caps”), Floor Options (“Floors”), “Payor Swaptions” and “Receiver Swaptions”. Caps mitigate the market risk associated with increases in interest rates while Floors mitigate the risk associated with decreases in market interest rates. Similarly, Payor and Receiver Swaptions mitigate the market risk associated with the respective increases and decreases in interest rates. See derivative instruments discussion at Note 6—Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities in Item 1. Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).

Scenario Analysis

Scenario analysis is an advanced approach to estimating interest rate risk exposure. Under the Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”) approach, the present value of all existing interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities, derivatives and forward commitments are estimated and then combined to produce an EVE figure. The approach values only the current balance sheet in which the most significant assumptions are the prepayment rates of the loan portfolio and mortgage-backed securities and the repricing of deposits. This approach does not incorporate assumptions related to business growth, or liquidation and re-investment of instruments. This approach provides an indicator of future earnings and capital levels because changes in EVE indicate the anticipated change in the value of future cash flows. The sensitivity of this value to changes in interest rates is then determined by applying alternative interest rate scenarios, which include, but are not limited to, instantaneous parallel shifts up 100, 200 and 300 basis points and down 100 basis points. The change in EVE amounts fluctuate based on the parallel shifts in interest rates primarily due to the change in timing of cash flows in the Company’s residential loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios. Expected prepayment rates on residential mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities increase as interest rates decline. In a rising interest rate environment, expected prepayment rates decrease.

 

50


Table of Contents

The EVE method is used at the E*TRADE Bank level and not for the Company. The ALCO monitors E*TRADE Bank’s interest rate risk position. E*TRADE Bank had nearly 100% and 99% of enterprise interest-earning assets at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and held 99% and 98% of enterprise interest-bearing liabilities at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The sensitivity of EVE at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the limits established by E*TRADE Bank’s Board of Directors are listed below (dollars in millions):

 

Parallel Change in
Interest Rates (basis  points)(1)

  Change in EVE        
  September 30, 2012     December 31, 2011        
  Amount     Percentage (2)     Amount     Percentage (2)     Board Limit  
+300   $ (144.3     (3.6 )%    $ (18.7     (0.5 )%      (25 )% 
+200   $ 94.1       2.3   $ 120.2       3.4     (15 )% 
+100   $ 167.4       4.2   $ 153.6       4.4     (10 )% 
-100   $ (153.0     (3.8 )%    $ (324.0     (9.2 )%      (10 )% 

 

(1)   

On September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the yield for the three-month treasury bill was 0.10% and 0.02%, respectively. As a result, the requirements of the EVE model were temporarily modified, resulting in the removal of the minus 200 and 300 basis points scenarios for the periods ended September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

(2)   

The percentage change represents the amount of change in EVE divided by the base EVE as calculated in the current interest rate environment.

We actively manage interest rate risk positions. As interest rates change, we will re-adjust our strategy and mix of assets, liabilities and derivatives to optimize our position. For example, a 100 basis points increase in rates may not result in a change in value as indicated above. The Company compares the parallel shift in interest rate changes in EVE to the established board limits in order to assess the Company’s interest rate risk on a monthly basis. In the event that the percentage change in EVE exceeds the board limits, E*TRADE Bank’s Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer must all be promptly notified in writing and decide upon a plan of remediation. In addition, E*TRADE Bank’s Board of Directors must be promptly notified of the exception and the planned resolution.

 

51


Table of Contents

PART I-FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

ITEM 1. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Revenue:

        

Operating interest income

   $ 333,977     $ 383,701     $ 1,050,758     $ 1,165,820  

Operating interest expense

     (73,100     (78,123     (225,924     (235,119
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating interest income

     260,877       305,578       824,834       930,701  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commissions

     90,424       113,407       291,168       341,690  

Fees and service charges

     30,915       29,446       91,976       103,299  

Principal transactions

     22,177       27,345       67,562       80,677  

Gains on loans and securities, net

     78,977       24,341       138,568       87,686  

Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”)

     (2,052     (1,038     (16,113     (7,939

Less: noncredit portion of OTTI recognized into (out of) other comprehensive income (before tax)

     (343     (2,158     4,917       (4,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impairment

     (2,395     (3,196     (11,196     (12,142

Other revenues

     9,060       10,354       28,928       29,678  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     229,158       201,697       607,006       630,888  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     490,035       507,275       1,431,840       1,561,589  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

     141,019       98,384       280,227       317,578  

Operating expense:

        

Compensation and benefits

     94,790       80,452       272,617       244,973  

Clearing and servicing

     30,856       34,748       98,248       113,095  

Advertising and market development

     26,001       27,258       110,156       108,642  

FDIC insurance premiums

     31,342       35,690       86,899       80,288  

Professional services

     20,421       19,772       60,690       64,732  

Occupancy and equipment

     19,423       17,021       55,521       50,998  

Communications

     17,560       16,930       55,038       49,712  

Depreciation and amortization

     23,044       22,873       68,387       67,644  

Amortization of other intangibles

     6,296       6,538       18,887       19,613  

Facility restructuring and other exit activities

     2,350       458       3,515       6,056  

Other operating expenses

     16,950       79,972       46,769       124,891  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

     289,033       341,712       876,727       930,644  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before other income (expense) and income tax expense (benefit)

     59,983       67,179       274,886       313,367  

Other income (expense):

        

Corporate interest income

     21       10       55       689  

Corporate interest expense

     (45,483     (44,769     (135,893     (132,870

Gains on sales of investments, net

     18       —          17       38  

Gains (losses) on early extinguishment of debt

     (50,608     —          (50,608     3,091  

Equity in income (loss) of investments and venture funds

     (234     520       1,774       197  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (96,286     (44,239     (184,655     (128,855
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     (36,303     22,940       90,231       184,512  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (7,678     (47,756     16,755       21,465  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (28,625   $ 70,696     $ 73,476     $ 163,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ (0.10   $ 0.25     $ 0.26     $ 0.62  

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ (0.10   $ 0.24     $ 0.25     $ 0.56  

Shares used in computation of per share data:

        

Basic

     285,850       283,807       285,658       261,272  

Diluted

     285,850       289,706       290,395       289,770  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

52


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

      Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
      2012     2011     2012      2011  

Net income (loss)

   $ (28,625   $ 70,696     $ 73,476      $ 163,047  

Other comprehensive income

         

Available-for-sale securities:

         

OTTI, net(1)

     1,291       648       10,071        4,900  

Noncredit portion of OTTI reclassification (into) out of other comprehensive income, net(2)

     215       1,347       (3,071      2,610  

Unrealized gains, net(3)

     85,928       138,094       179,257        250,085  

Reclassification into earnings, net(4)

     (50,349     (16,172     (90,948      (53,933
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change from available-for-sale securities

     37,085       123,917       95,309        203,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flow hedging instruments:

         

Unrealized losses, net(5)

     (21,905     (135,446     (73,602      (192,249

Reclassification into earnings, net(6)

     20,471       16,370       60,329        49,722  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change from cash flow hedging instruments

     (1,434     (119,076     (13,273      (142,527
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation gains (losses), net

     1,645       (1,709     1,190        1,778  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     37,296       3,132       83,226        62,913  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 8,671     $ 73,828     $ 156,702      $ 225,960  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   

Amounts are net of benefit from income taxes of $0.8 million and $6.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to benefit from income taxes of $0.4 million and $3.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively.

(2)   

Amounts are net of benefit from income taxes of $0.1 million and $1.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to benefit from income taxes of $0.8 million and $1.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively.

(3)   

Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $50.7 million and $106.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to provision for income taxes of $83.1 million and $150.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively.

(4)   

Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $29.7 million and $54.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to provision for income taxes of $9.7 million and $33.1 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively.

(5)   

Amounts are net of benefit from income taxes of $11.7 million and $42.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to benefit from income taxes of $80.3 million and $114.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively.

(6)   

Amounts are net of benefit from income taxes of $12.3 million and $36.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, compared to benefit from income taxes of $9.7 million and $29.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

53


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     September 30,     December 31,  
     2012     2011  
ASSETS     

Cash and equivalents

   $ 2,825,012     $ 2,099,839  

Cash required to be segregated under federal or other regulations

     1,434,330       1,275,587  

Trading securities

     107,378       54,372  

Available-for-sale securities (includes securities pledged to creditors with the right to sell or repledge of $3,203,277 at September 30, 2012 and $3,916,927 at December 31, 2011)

     14,925,459       15,651,493  

Held-to-maturity securities (fair value of $10,097,943 at September 30, 2012 and $6,282,989 at December 31, 2011; includes securities pledged to creditors with the right to sell or repledge of $2,355,637 at September 30, 2012 and $2,092,570 at December 31, 2011)

     9,684,568       6,079,512  

Margin receivables

     5,608,253       4,826,256  

Loans receivable, net (net of allowance for loan losses of $508,282 at September 30, 2012 and $822,816 at December 31, 2011)

     10,627,434       12,332,807  

Investment in FHLB stock

     128,944       140,183  

Property and equipment, net

     294,517       299,693  

Goodwill

     1,934,232       1,934,232  

Other intangibles, net

     266,918       285,805  

Other assets

     2,518,560       2,960,673  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 50,355,605     $ 47,940,452  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Liabilities:

    

Deposits

   $ 29,127,826     $ 26,459,985  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     4,609,117       5,015,499  

Customer payables

     6,013,640       5,590,858  

FHLB advances and other borrowings

     2,325,846       2,736,935  

Corporate debt

     1,505,466       1,493,552  

Other liabilities

     1,679,856       1,715,673  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     45,261,751       43,012,502  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 12)

    

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, shares authorized: 400,000,000 at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, shares issued and outstanding: 286,056,306 at September 30, 2012, and 285,368,075 at December 31, 2011

     2,861       2,854  

Additional paid-in-capital (“APIC”)

     7,316,057       7,306,862  

Accumulated deficit

     (1,921,661     (1,995,137

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (303,403     (386,629
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     5,093,854       4,927,950  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 50,355,605     $ 47,940,452  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

54


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
   Shares      Amount           

Balance, December 31, 2011

     285,368      $ 2,854      $ 7,306,862     $ (1,995,137   $ (386,629   $ 4,927,950  

Net income

     —           —           —          73,476       —          73,476  

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           —          —          83,226       83,226  

Conversion of convertible debentures

     10        —           100       —          —          100  

Exercise of stock options and related tax effects

     2        —           (4,428     —          —          (4,428

Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures and retirements to pay taxes

     676        7        (3,581     —          —          (3,574

Share-based compensation

     —           —           17,097       —          —          17,097  

Other

     —           —           7       —          —          7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2012

     286,056      $ 2,861      $ 7,316,057     $ (1,921,661   $ (303,403   $ 5,093,854  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
   Shares      Amount           

Balance, December 31, 2010

     220,841      $ 2,208      $ 6,640,715     $ (2,151,838   $ (438,640   $ 4,052,445  

Net income

     —           —           —          163,047       —          163,047  

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           —          —          62,913       62,913  

Conversion of convertible debentures

     63,918        639        660,307       —          —          660,946  

Exercise of stock options and related tax effects

     41        1        1,394       —          —          1,395  

Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures and retirements to pay taxes

     463        5        (4,710     —          —          (4,705

Share-based compensation

     —           —           10,195       —          —          10,195  

Other

     —           —           (21     —          —          (21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2011

     285,263      $ 2,853      $ 7,307,880     $ (1,988,791   $ (375,727   $ 4,946,215  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

55


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011  
Cash flows from operating activities:     

Net income

   $ 73,476     $ 163,047  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

     280,227       317,578  

Depreciation and amortization (including discount amortization and accretion)

     300,608       250,608  

Net impairment, (gains) on loans and securities, net and (gains) on sales of investments, net

     (127,389     (75,582

Equity in (income) loss of investments and venture funds

     (1,774     (197

(Gains) losses on early extinguishment of debt

     50,608       (3,091

Share-based compensation

     17,097       10,195  

Deferred taxes

     179,066       23,585  

Other

     (133     4,991  

Net effect of changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Increase in cash required to be segregated under federal or other regulations

     (158,743     (595,915

Increase in margin receivables

     (781,997     (47,335

Increase in customer payables

     422,782       374,594  

Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale

     284,083       80,673  

Originations of loans held-for-sale

     (286,932     (78,293

Net (increase) decrease in trading securities

     (52,922     22,257  

Decrease in other assets

     179,486       261,310  

Decrease in other liabilities

     (19,061     (131,545
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     358,482       576,880  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

     (8,361,692     (6,720,557

Proceeds from sales, maturities of and principal payments on available-for-sale securities

     9,305,899       7,022,302  

Purchases of held-to-maturity securities

     (4,414,929     (2,747,681

Proceeds from maturities of and principal payments on held-to-maturity securities

     781,414       278,344  

Net decrease in loans receivable

     1,335,623       1,685,788  

Capital expenditures for property and equipment

     (65,823     (71,909

Proceeds from sale of REO and repossessed assets

     81,149       119,667  

Net cash flow from derivatives hedging assets

     (71,178     1,118  

Other

     9,240       32,363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (1,400,297   $ (400,565
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

56


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS-(Continued)

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011  

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

   $ 2,666,726     $ (1,605

Net decrease in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (406,382     (843,503

Advances from FHLB

     2,460,000       1,500,000  

Payments on advances from FHLB

     (2,880,000     (1,500,000

Net proceeds from issuance of senior notes

     —          427,331  

Payments on senior notes

     —          (425,956

Net cash flow from derivatives hedging liabilities

     (18,864     (10,716

Other

     (54,492     (17,315
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     1,766,988       (871,764
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

     725,173       (695,449

Cash and equivalents, beginning of period

     2,099,839       2,374,346  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents, end of period

   $ 2,825,012     $ 1,678,897  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 258,748     $ 286,302  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 6,194     $ 1,144  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Conversion of convertible debentures to common stock

   $ 100     $ 660,946  

Transfers from loans to other real estate owned and repossessed assets

   $ 101,460     $ 146,907  

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

57


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization—E*TRADE Financial Corporation is a financial services company that provides online brokerage and related products and services primarily to individual retail investors under the brand “E*TRADE Financial.” The Company also provides investor-focused banking products, primarily sweep deposits and savings products, to retail investors.

Basis of PresentationThe consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries as determined under the voting interest model. Entities in which the Company holds at least a 20% ownership interest or in which there are other indicators of significant influence are generally accounted for by the equity method. Entities in which the Company holds less than a 20% ownership interest and does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are generally carried at cost. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. The Company also evaluates its continuing involvement with certain entities to determine if the Company is required to consolidate the entities under the variable interest entity model. This evaluation is based on a qualitative assessment of whether the Company has both: 1) the power to direct matters that most significantly impact the activities of the variable interest entity; and 2) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the variable interest entity that could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity.

These consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which are all normal and recurring in nature, necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $26.3 million related to certain losses on the 2009 Debt Exchange that were previously considered non-deductible. Through additional research completed during the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company identified that a portion of those losses were incorrectly treated as non-deductible in 2009 and are deductible for tax purposes. As a result of this finding, the Company recorded an income tax benefit and a corresponding increase to deferred tax assets during the three months ended March 31, 2012.

These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Related PartiesBased upon the Company’s review of publicly available information, as of September 30, 2012, Citadel was one of the Company’s largest shareholders and the Company believes Citadel owned approximately 9.6% of its outstanding common stock and none of its outstanding debt. In addition, Kenneth Griffin, President and CEO of Citadel, joined the Board of Directors on June 8, 2009 pursuant to a director nomination right granted to Citadel in 2007. During the periods presented, the Company routed a portion of its customer equity orders in exchange-listed options and Regulation NMS Securities to an affiliate of Citadel for order handling and execution at current market rates. Payments for these customer equity orders represented approximately 1% of the Company’s total net revenue for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Joseph M. Velli, Chairman and CEO of ConvergEx Group, joined the Board of Directors in January 2010. During the periods presented, the Company used ConvergEx Group for clearing and transfer agent services. Payments for these services represented less than 1% of the Company’s total operating expenses for both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011.

Use of Estimates—The consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated

 

58


Table of Contents

financial statements and related notes for the periods presented. Actual results could differ from management’s estimates. Certain significant accounting policies are noteworthy because they are based on estimates and assumptions that require complex and subjective judgments by management. Changes in these estimates or assumptions could materially impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Material estimates in which management believes changes could reasonably occur include: allowance for loan losses; estimates of effective tax rates, deferred taxes and valuation allowances; classification and valuation of certain investments; accounting for derivative instruments; fair value measurements; and valuation of goodwill and other intangibles.

Financial Statement Descriptions and Related Accounting Policies

Margin Receivables—The fair value of securities that the Company received as collateral in connection with margin receivables and securities borrowing activities, where the Company is permitted to sell or re-pledge the securities, was approximately $7.8 billion and $6.8 billion as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Of this amount, $1.3 billion had been pledged or sold in connection with securities loans, bank borrowings and deposits with clearing organizations as of both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Nonperforming Loans—The Company classifies loans as nonperforming when they are no longer accruing interest, which includes loans that are 90 days and greater past due, TDRs that are on nonaccrual status for all classes of loans and certain junior liens that have a delinquent senior lien. Interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against current income when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Interest payments received on nonperforming loans are recognized on a cash basis in operating interest income until it is doubtful that full payment will be collected, at which point payments are applied to principal. The recognition of deferred fees or costs on originated loans and premiums or discounts on purchased loans in operating interest income is discontinued for nonperforming loans. Nonperforming loans, excluding loans that were modified as a TDR and certain junior liens that have a delinquent senior lien, return to accrual status when the loan becomes less than 90 days past due. TDRs return to accrual status after six consecutive payments have been made in accordance with the modified terms.

Loan losses are recognized when it is probable that a loss has been incurred. The Company’s charge-off policy for both one- to four-family and home equity loans is to assess the value of the property when the loan has been delinquent for 180 days or it is in bankruptcy, regardless of whether or not the property is in foreclosure, and charge-off the amount of the loan balance in excess of the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated costs to sell. TDRs are charged-off when certain characteristics of the loan, including CLTV, borrower’s credit and type of modification, cast substantial doubt on the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. Closed-end consumer loans are charged-off when the loan has been delinquent for 120 days or when it is determined that collection is not probable.

During the first quarter of 2012, interagency supervisory guidance related to practices associated with loans and lines of credit secured by junior liens on one- to four-family residential properties was issued. The guidance indicated that if a senior lien is delinquent, it should be considered in determining the income recognition of the junior lien. As of September 30, 2012, approximately $162 million of unpaid principal balance, or approximately 4% of performing second lien home equity loans, were on nonaccrual status as a result of the interagency supervisory guidance.

TDRs—Modified loans in which economic concessions were granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty are considered TDRs. TDRs do not include loans that have been charged-off due to bankruptcy notification if the loan has not been modified under the Company’s programs. Upon being classified as a TDR, such loan is categorized as an impaired loan and impairment is measured on an individual basis generally using a discounted cash flow model. When certain characteristics of the modified loan cast substantial doubt on the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, the Company identifies the loan as collateral dependent and charges-off the amount of the modified loan balance in excess of the estimated current value of the underlying property less

 

59


Table of Contents

estimated costs to sell. Collateral dependent TDRs are identified based on the terms of the modification, which includes assigning a higher level of risk to loans in which the LTV or CLTV is greater than 110%, a borrower’s credit score is less than 600 and certain types of modifications, such as interest-only payments and terms longer than 30 years. TDRs that are not identified as higher risk using this risk assessment process and for which impairment is measured using a discounted cash flow model continue to be evaluated in the event that they become higher risk collateral dependent TDRs. Once a loan is modified as a TDR, the loan is considered impaired until maturity regardless of whether the borrower performs under the modified terms.

Allowance for Loan Losses—The allowance for loan losses is management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The Company’s segments are one- to four-family, home equity and consumer and other. For loans that are not TDRs, the Company established a general allowance. The estimate of the allowance for loan losses is based on a variety of quantitative and qualitative factors, including the composition and quality of the portfolio; delinquency levels and trends; current and historical charge-off and loss experience; the Company’s historical loss mitigation experience; the condition of the real estate market and geographic concentrations within the loan portfolio; the interest rate climate; the overall availability of housing credit; and general economic conditions. The one- to four-family and home equity loan portfolios are separated into risk segments based on key risk factors, which include but are not limited to loan type, loan acquisition channel, delinquency history, documentation type, LTV/CLTV ratio and borrowers’ credit scores. For home equity loans in the second lien position, the original balance of the first lien loan at origination date and updated valuations on the property underlying the loan are used to calculate CLTV. Both current CLTV and FICO scores are among the factors utilized to categorize the risk associated with loans and assign a probability assumption of future default. Based upon the segmentation, the Company utilizes historical performance data to develop the forecast of delinquency and default for these risk segments. The Company’s consumer and other loan portfolio is separated into risk segments by product and delinquency status. The Company utilizes historical performance data and historical recovery rates on collateral liquidation to forecast delinquency and loss at the product level. The general allowance for loan losses is typically equal to management’s forecast of loan losses in the twelve months following the balance sheet date. Management believes this level is representative of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.

The general allowance for loan losses also included a qualitative component to account for a variety of economic, operational and portfolio specific factors that are not directly considered in the quantitative loss model but are factors the Company believes may impact the level of credit losses. Examples of these factors are changes in the level of unemployment, changes in the legal and regulatory environment and the impact of historical loan modification activity, which impacts the historical performance data used to forecast delinquency and default in the general allowance for loan losses. In connection with the transition from the OTS to the OCC, during the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company suspended certain home equity loan modification programs that required changes to be aligned with the guidance from the OCC, the Company’s new primary banking regulator. These suspended programs were discontinued in the first quarter of 2012, which has resulted in a decrease in the volume of TDRs in 2012. A portion of the qualitative component captures estimated losses associated with the impact of the historical loan modification activity assumed in the quantitative general allowance for loan losses.

The qualitative component for the consumer and other loan portfolio was 15% of the general allowance at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. The qualitative component for the one- to four-family and home equity loan portfolios decreased from 35% of the general allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2011 to 15% at September 30, 2012. The total qualitative component was $40 million as of September 30, 2012. The decrease in the qualitative reserve from December 31, 2011 to September 30, 2012 reflects the completion of the Company’s evaluation of certain programs and practices that were designed in accordance with guidance from the Company’s former regulator, the OTS. This evaluation was initiated in connection with the transition from the OTS to the OCC. As a result of the evaluation, loan modification policies and procedures were aligned with the guidance from the OCC. The qualitative component was increased to 35% during the fourth quarter of 2011

 

60


Table of Contents

to reflect additional estimated losses due to this evaluation. The review resulted in a significant increase in charge-offs during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and a corresponding decrease in the qualitative component.

For modified loans accounted for as TDRs that are valued using the discounted cash flow model, the Company established a specific allowance. The specific allowance for TDRs factors in the historical default rate of an individual loan before being modified as a TDR in the discounted cash flow analysis in order to determine that specific loan’s expected impairment. Specifically, a loan that has a more severe delinquency history prior to modification will have a higher future default rate in the discounted cash flow analysis than a loan that was not as severely delinquent. For both of the one- to four-family and home equity loan portfolio segments, the pre-modification delinquency status, the borrower’s current credit score and other credit bureau attributes, in addition to each loan’s individual default experience and credit characteristics, are incorporated into the calculation of the specific allowance. A specific allowance is established to the extent that the recorded investment exceeds the discounted cash flows of a TDR with a corresponding charge to provision for loan losses. The specific allowance for these individually impaired loans represents the forecasted losses over the estimated remaining life of the loan, including the economic concession to the borrower.

Income Taxes—In 2012, the Internal Revenue Service sent an examination notification to the Company related to its 2009 and 2010 federal tax returns. While the Company cannot predict the outcome of the examination, it believes that adequate provision has been made for any of the Company’s uncertain tax positions. Uncertain tax positions are only recognized to the extent they satisfy the accounting for uncertain tax positions criteria included in the income taxes accounting guidance, which states that in order to recognize an uncertain tax position it must be more likely than not that it will be sustained upon examination. For uncertain tax positions, tax benefit is recognized for positions in which it is more than fifty percent likely of being sustained on effective settlement.

The Company recorded additional unrecognized tax benefit of $86.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, which resulted in total unrecognized tax benefit of $464.1 million at September 30, 2012. The additional unrecognized tax benefit was due to amended tax returns filed during the third quarter of 2012 related primarily to additional tax deductions on the 2009 Debt Exchange. At September 30, 2012, $272.2 million (net of federal benefits on state issues) represented the amount of unrecognized tax benefit that would favorably impact the effective income tax rate in future periods.

New Accounting and Disclosure Guidance—Below is the new accounting and disclosure guidance that relates to activities in which the Company is engaged.

Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements

In April 2011, the FASB amended the accounting guidance for repurchase agreements. The amendments change the effective control assessment by removing the criterion that required the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and the collateral maintenance guidance related to that criterion. The amended accounting guidance became effective January 1, 2012 for the Company, and was applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occurred on or after January 1, 2012. The adoption of the amended accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs

In May 2011, the FASB amended the accounting and disclosure guidance related to fair value measurements. The amended guidance will result in common fair value measurement and disclosure

 

61


Table of Contents

requirements in GAAP and IFRSs. The amended guidance changes the wording used to describe certain requirements in GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurement. The amended accounting guidance became effective January 1, 2012 for the Company, and was applied prospectively. The adoption of the amended guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows and the Company’s disclosures reflect the adoption of the amended disclosure guidance in Note 3—Fair Value Disclosures.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB amended the presentation guidance for comprehensive income. Among other presentation changes, the amended guidance provides the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amended presentation guidance was effective January 1, 2012 for the Company. The Company’s presentation of the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income in two separate but consecutive statements reflects the adoption of the amended presentation guidance.

Testing Goodwill for Impairment

In September 2011, the FASB amended the guidance on testing goodwill for impairment. The amended guidance provides an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is impaired as a basis for determining if further testing of goodwill for impairment is necessary. The amended guidance was effective January 1, 2012 for the Company. The adoption of the amended accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In December 2011, the FASB amended the disclosure guidance about offsetting assets and liabilities. The amended disclosure guidance will enable users of the Company’s financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on the Company’s financial position. This includes the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff between recognized assets and recognized liabilities within the scope of amended disclosure guidance, such as derivative instruments and other financial instruments. The amended disclosure guidance will be effective for annual and interim periods beginning on January 1, 2013 for the Company and will be applied retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The adoption of the amended accounting guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

62


Table of Contents

NOTE 2—OPERATING INTEREST INCOME AND OPERATING INTEREST EXPENSE

The following table shows the components of operating interest income and operating interest expense (dollars in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Operating interest income:

        

Loans

   $ 118,747     $ 169,704     $ 383,242     $ 537,023  

Available-for-sale securities

     82,661       102,254       286,647       319,894  

Held-to-maturity securities

     61,923       40,546       175,574       94,269  

Margin receivables

     55,465       55,587       158,873       170,562  

Securities borrowed and other

     15,181       15,610       46,422       44,072  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating interest income

     333,977       383,701       1,050,758       1,165,820  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating interest expense:

        

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (40,136     (37,941     (121,373     (113,915

FHLB advances and other borrowings

     (24,153     (27,257     (74,979     (79,499

Deposits

     (5,885     (10,240     (20,838     (34,229

Customer payables and other

     (2,926     (2,685     (8,734     (7,476
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating interest expense

     (73,100     (78,123     (225,924     (235,119
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating interest income

   $ 260,877     $ 305,578     $ 824,834     $ 930,701  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 3—FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company may use various valuation approaches, including market, income and/or cost approaches. The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant. Accordingly, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions reflect those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The fair value measurement accounting guidance describes the following three levels used to classify fair value measurements:

 

   

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are accessible by the Company.

 

   

Level 2—Quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

   

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The availability of observable inputs can vary and in certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to a fair value measurement requires judgment and consideration of factors specific to the asset or liability.

 

63


Table of Contents

Recurring Fair Value Measurement Techniques

U.S. Treasury Securities and Agency Debentures

The fair value measurements of U.S. Treasury securities were classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy as they were based on quoted market prices in active markets. The fair value measurements of agency debentures were classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as they were based on quoted market prices observable in the marketplace.

Residential Mortgage-backed Securities

The Company’s residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio was comprised of agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs, which represented the majority of the portfolio, and non-agency CMOs. Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs are guaranteed by U.S. government sponsored and federal agencies. The majority of the Company’s non-agency CMOs were backed by first lien mortgages and were below investment grade or non-rated as of September 30, 2012. The weighted average coupon rates for the residential mortgage-backed securities as of September 30, 2012 are shown in the following table:

 

     Weighted Average
Coupon Rate
 

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     3.28

Agency CMOs

     3.48

Non-agency CMOs

     3.78

The fair value of agency mortgage-backed securities was determined using a market approach with quoted market prices, recent market transactions and spread data for similar instruments. The fair value of agency CMOs was determined using market and income approaches with the Company’s own trading activities for identical or similar instruments. Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs were categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Non-agency CMOs were valued using market and income approaches with market observable data, including recent market transactions when available. The Company also utilized a pricing service to corroborate the market observability of the Company’s inputs used in the fair value measurements. The valuations of non-agency CMOs reflect the Company’s best estimate of what market participants would consider in pricing the financial instruments.

The Company considers the price transparency for non-agency CMOs to be a key determinant of the degree of judgment involved in determining the fair value. As of September 30, 2012, the Company’s non-agency CMOs were categorized in Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company’s portfolio management group determines the fair value measurements using a discounted cash flow methodology for non-agency CMOs on a monthly basis with market observable data, and a pricing service is utilized to corroborate the market observability of significant inputs. The fair value measurements, valuation techniques and level classification methodology are reviewed and compared to prior periods on a quarterly basis by management from the finance, credit, enterprise risk management and compliance departments.

The significant inputs used in the fair value measurement of non-agency CMOs are yield, default rate, loss severity and prepayment rate. Significant changes in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significant change in the fair value. Generally, an increase in the yield, default rate or loss severity in isolation would result in a decrease in the fair value, and an increase in the prepayment rate would result in an increase in the fair value. In addition, an increase in the assumption used for the prepayment rate generally will result in an increase in yield.

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table presents additional information about the underlying loans and significant inputs used in discounted cash flow methodologies for the valuation of non-agency CMOs that were categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as of September 30, 2012:

 

     Weighted
Average
    Range

Underlying loans:

    

Coupon rate

     4.45   2.56% - 6.83%

Maturity (years)

     23     20 - 25

Significant inputs:

    

Yield

     4   2% - 10%

Default rate(1)

     20   1% - 96%

Loss severity

     51   27% - 100%

Prepayment rate

     9   0% - 30%

 

(1)   

The default rate reflects the implied rate necessary to equate market price to the book yield given the market credit assumption.

Other Debt Securities

The fair value measurements of other agency debt securities were determined using market and income approaches along with the Company’s own trading activities for identical or similar instruments and were categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company’s municipal bonds are revenue bonds issued by state and other local government agencies. The valuation of corporate bonds is impacted by the credit worthiness of the corporate issuer. The majority of the Company’s municipal bonds and corporate bonds were rated investment grade as of September 30, 2012. These securities were valued using a market approach with pricing service valuations corroborated by recent market transactions for identical or similar bonds. Municipal bonds and corporate bonds were categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative Instruments

Interest rate swap and option contracts were valued with an income approach using pricing models that are commonly used by the financial services industry. The market observable inputs used in the pricing models include the swap curve, the volatility surface, and prime or overnight indexed swap basis from a financial data provider. The Company does not consider these models to involve significant judgment on the part of management, and the Company corroborated the fair value measurements with counterparty valuations. The Company’s derivative instruments were categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The consideration of credit risk, the Company’s or the counterparty’s, did not result in an adjustment to the valuation of its derivative instruments in the periods presented.

Securities Owned and Securities Sold, Not Yet Purchased

Securities transactions entered into by broker-dealer subsidiaries are included in trading securities and securities sold, not yet purchased in the Company’s fair value disclosures. For equity securities, the Company’s definition of actively traded is based on average daily volume and other market trading statistics. The fair value of the majority of securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased was determined using listed or quoted market prices and were mostly categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement Techniques

Loans Receivable and REO

The Company records certain other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis: 1) one- to four-family and home equity loans in which the amount of the loan balance in excess of the estimated current value of the

 

65


Table of Contents

property less estimated costs to sell has been charged-off; and 2) real estate acquired through physical possession of property or upon foreclosure that is carried at the lower of the property’s carrying value or fair value, less estimated selling costs.

Loans that have been delinquent for 180 days or in bankruptcy and are charged off based on the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs remain classified as nonperforming loans until they become REO. These loans continue to be reported as nonperforming unless they subsequently meet the requirements for being reported as performing loans. TDRs that are charged off based on the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs are classified as nonperforming loans at the time of modification and return to accrual status after six consecutive payments are made in accordance with the modified terms. Property valuations for these one- to four-family and home equity loans are based on the most recent “as is” property valuation data available, which may include appraisals, broker price opinions, prices for similar properties, automated valuation models or home price indices. Subsequent to the recording of an initial fair value measurement, these loans continue to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, utilizing the estimated value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs. These property valuations are updated on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis depending on the type of valuation initially used. If the value of the underlying property has declined, an additional charge-off is recorded. If the value of the underlying property has increased, previously charged-off amounts are not reversed. If the valuation data obtained is significantly different from the valuation previously received, the Company orders additional property valuation data to corroborate or update the valuation.

Property valuations for real estate acquired through foreclosure are based on the lowest value of the most recent property valuation data available, which may include appraisals, listing prices or approved offer prices. Nonrecurring fair value measurements on one- to four-family and home equity loans and real estate owned were classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as the majority of the valuations included Level 3 inputs that were significant to the estimate of fair value.

The following table presents additional information about significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis that were categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as of September 30, 2012 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Unobservable Inputs      Average      Range  

One- to four-family

     Appraised value       $ 374      $ 6 — $2,500  

Home equity

     Appraised value       $ 273      $ 5 — $1,890  

Real estate owned

     Appraised value       $ 327      $ 1 — $3,600  

Loans receivable and real estate owned are valued and reported to the Credit Risk Committee by the Company’s credit risk management group. The credit risk management group determines the fair value measurement and valuation policies and procedures, which are designed to be in compliance with guidance from the Company’s regulators. The fair value measurements and valuation techniques are reviewed and compared to prior periods on a quarterly basis by the Credit Risk Committee, which includes management from the finance, credit, enterprise risk management and compliance departments.

 

66


Table of Contents

Recurring and Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are summarized below (dollars in thousands):

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  

September 30, 2012:

           

Recurring fair value measurements:

           

Assets

           

Trading securities

   $ 106,255      $ 1,123      $ —         $ 107,378  

Available-for-sale securities:

           

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

           

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     —           13,130,058        —           13,130,058  

Non-agency CMOs

     —           156,446        142,149        298,595  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           13,286,504        142,149        13,428,653  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities:

           

Agency debentures

     —           672,878        —           672,878  

Other agency debt securities

     —           776,552        —           776,552  

Municipal bonds

     —           43,251        —           43,251  

Corporate bonds

     —           4,125        —           4,125  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     —           1,496,806        —           1,496,806  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

     —           14,783,310        142,149        14,925,459  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other assets:

           

Derivative assets(1)

     —           61,127        —           61,127  

Deposits with clearing organizations(2)

     31,000        —           —           31,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

     31,000        61,127        —           92,127  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis(3)

   $ 137,255      $ 14,845,560      $ 142,149      $ 15,124,964  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivative liabilities(1)

   $ —         $ 369,524      $ —         $ 369,524  

Securities sold, not yet purchased

     99,433        116        —           99,549  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis(3)

   $ 99,433      $ 369,640      $ —         $ 469,073  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonrecurring fair value measurements:(4)

           

Loans receivable:

           

One- to four-family

   $ —         $ —         $ 726,688      $ 726,688  

Home equity

     —           —           96,008        96,008  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     —           —           822,696        822,696  

REO

     —           —           75,939        75,939  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

   $ —         $ —         $ 898,635      $ 898,635  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   

The majority of derivative assets and liabilities are interest rate contracts. Information related to derivative instruments is detailed in Note 6—Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

(2)   

Represents U.S. Treasury securities held by a broker-dealer subsidiary.

(3)   

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis represented 30% and 1% of the Company’s total assets and total liabilities, respectively.

(4)   

Represents the fair value of assets prior to deducting estimated selling costs that were carried on the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2012, and for which a fair value measurement was recorded during the period.

 

67


Table of Contents
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  

December 31, 2011:

           

Recurring fair value measurements:

           

Assets

           

Trading securities

   $ 53,025      $ 1,347      $ —         $ 54,372  

Available-for-sale securities:

           

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

           

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     —           13,965,712        —           13,965,712  

Non-agency CMOs

     —           244,447        97,106        341,553  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           14,210,159        97,106        14,307,265  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities:

           

Agency debentures

     —           731,280        —           731,280  

Other agency debt securities

     —           554,194        —           554,194  

Municipal bonds

     —           41,069        —           41,069  

Corporate bonds

     —           17,685        —           17,685  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     —           1,344,228        —           1,344,228  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

     —           15,554,387        97,106        15,651,493  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other assets:

           

Derivative assets(1)

     —           66,534        —           66,534  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis(2)

   $ 53,025      $ 15,622,268      $ 97,106      $ 15,772,399  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Derivative liabilities(1)

   $ —         $ 358,203      $ —         $ 358,203  

Securities sold, not yet purchased

     48,185        86        —           48,271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis(2)

   $ 48,185      $ 358,289      $ —         $ 406,474  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonrecurring fair value measurements:(3)

           

Loans receivable:

           

One- to four-family

   $ —         $ —         $ 823,338      $ 823,338  

Home equity

     —           —           61,163        61,163  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     —           —           884,501        884,501  

REO

     —           —           81,505        81,505  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

   $ —         $ —         $ 966,006      $ 966,006  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   

All derivative assets and liabilities are interest rate contracts. Information related to derivative instruments is detailed in Note 6—Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

(2)   

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis represented 33% and less than 1% of the Company’s total assets and total liabilities, respectively.

(3)   

Represents the fair value of assets prior to deducting estimated selling costs that were carried on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, and for which a fair value measurement was recorded during the period.

 

68


Table of Contents

The following table presents the losses associated with the assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012      2011      2012      2011  

One- to four-family

   $ 32,465      $ 44,303      $ 167,220      $ 152,245  

Home equity

     70,999        29,630        265,764        88,803  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total losses on loans receivable measured at fair value

   $ 103,464      $ 73,933      $ 432,984      $ 241,048  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Losses on REO measured at fair value

   $ 3,016      $ 6,458      $ 11,033      $ 22,776  

Transfers Between Levels 1 and 2

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the Company’s transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to have occurred at the beginning of the reporting period on a quarterly basis. The Company’s transfers of securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased between Level 1 and 2 are generally driven by trading activities of those securities during the period. The Company had no material transfers between Level 1 and 2 during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Level 3 Rollforward for Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Level 3 assets and liabilities include instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. While the Company’s fair value estimates of Level 3 instruments utilized observable inputs where available, the valuation included significant management judgment in determining the relevance and reliability of market information considered.

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (dollars in thousands):

 

     Available-for-sale
Securities
 
     Non-agency
CMOs
 

Opening balance, July 1, 2012

   $ 90,594  

Losses recognized in earnings(1)

     (2,318

Gains recognized in other comprehensive income(2)

     7,773  

Settlements

     (11,965

Transfers in to Level 3(3)(4)

     89,357  

Transfers out of Level 3(3)(5)

     (31,292
  

 

 

 

Closing balance, September 30, 2012

   $ 142,149  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)   

Losses recognized in earnings were related to instruments held at September 30, 2012 and are reported in the net impairment line item.

(2)   

Gains recognized in other comprehensive income are reported in the net change from available-for-sale securities line item.

(3)  

The Company’s transfers in and out of Level 3 are as of the beginning of the reporting period on a quarterly basis.

(4)   

Non-agency CMOs transferred in to Level 3 due to a lack of observable market data, resulting from a decrease in market activity for the securities.

(5)   

Non-agency CMOs transferred out of Level 3 because observable market data became available for those securities.

 

69


Table of Contents
           Available-for-sale
Securities
 
     Trading
Securities
    Non-agency
CMOs
 

Opening balance, July 1, 2011

   $ 9,212     $ 214,793  

Losses recognized in earnings(1)

     (883     (1,004

Gains recognized in other comprehensive income(2)

     —          855  

Sales

     (6,299     —     

Settlements

     (1,700     (3,253

Transfer in to Level 3(3)(4)

     —          9,465  

Transfer out of Level 3(3)(5)

     —          (160,618
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance, September 30, 2011

   $ 330     $ 60,238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   

The majority of losses recognized in earnings were related to instruments held at September 30, 2011 and are reported in the net impairment line item.

(2)   

Gains recognized in other comprehensive income are reported in the net change from available-for-sale securities line item.

(3)   

The Company’s transfers in and out of Level 3 are as of the beginning of the reporting period on a quarterly basis.

(4)   

Non-agency CMOs transferred in to Level 3 due to a lack of observable market data, resulting from a decrease in market activity for the securities.

(5)   

Non-agency CMOs transferred out of Level 3 because observable market data became available for those securities.

 

     Available-for-sale
Securities
 
     Non-agency
CMOs
 

Opening balance, January 1, 2012

   $ 97,106  

Losses recognized in earnings(1)

     (8,920

Gains recognized in other comprehensive income(2)

     12,217  

Settlements

     (19,246

Transfers in to Level 3(3)(4)

     177,244  

Transfers out of Level 3(3)(5)

     (116,252
  

 

 

 

Closing balance, September 30, 2012

   $ 142,149  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)   

Losses recognized in earnings were related to instruments held at September 30, 2012 and are reported in the net impairment line item.

(2)   

Gains recognized in other comprehensive income are reported in the net change from available-for-sale securities line item.

(3)   

The Company’s transfers in and out of Level 3 are as of the beginning of the reporting period on a quarterly basis.

(4)   

Non-agency CMOs transferred in to Level 3 due to a lack of observable market data, resulting from a decrease in market activity for the securities.

(5)   

Non-agency CMOs transferred out of Level 3 because observable market data became available for those securities.

 

           Available-for-sale
Securities
 
     Trading
Securities
    Non-agency
CMOs
 

Opening Balance, January 1, 2011

   $ 630     $ 195,220  

Losses recognized in earnings(1)

     (1,230     (6,962

Gains recognized in other comprehensive income(2)

     —          15,197  

Sales

     (6,299     —     

Settlements

     (1,700     (23,699

Transfers in to Level 3(3)(4)

     8,929       204,287  

Transfers out of Level 3(3)(5)

     —          (323,805
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance, September 30, 2011

   $ 330     $ 60,238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   

The majority of losses recognized in earnings were related to instruments held at September 30, 2011 and are reported in the net impairment line item.

(2)   

Gains recognized in other comprehensive income are reported in the net change from available-for-sale securities line item.

(3)   

The Company’s transfers in and out of Level 3 are as of the beginning of the reporting period on a quarterly basis.

(4)   

Non-agency CMOs transferred in to Level 3 due to a lack of observable market data, resulting from a decrease in market activity for the securities.

(5)   

Non-agency CMOs transferred out of Level 3 because observable market data became available for those securities.

 

70


Table of Contents

The Company’s transfers of certain non-agency CMOs in and out of Level 3 are generally driven by changes in price transparency for the securities. Financial instruments for which actively quoted prices or pricing parameters are available will have a higher degree of price transparency than financial instruments that are thinly traded or not quoted. As of September 30, 2012, less than 1% of the Company’s total assets and none of its total liabilities represented instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis categorized as Level 3.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Not Carried at Fair Value

The following summarizes the carrying and fair values of financial instrument assets and liabilities, excluding the financial instruments that are valued on a recurring basis, and the level within the fair value hierarchy that the fair value measurements are classified (dollars in thousands):

 

      September 30, 2012  
     Carrying Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Fair Value  

Assets

              

Cash and equivalents

   $ 2,825,012      $ 2,825,012      $ —         $ —         $ 2,825,012  

Cash required to be segregated under federal or other regulations

   $ 1,434,330      $ 1,434,330      $ —         $ —         $ 1,434,330  

Held-to-maturity securities:

  

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 8,025,844      $ —         $ 8,356,710      $ —         $ 8,356,710  

Agency debentures

     163,429        —           170,773        —           170,773  

Other agency debt securities

     1,495,295        —           1,570,460        —           1,570,460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity securities

   $ 9,684,568      $ —         $ 10,097,943      $ —         $ 10,097,943  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Margin receivables

   $ 5,608,253      $ —         $ 5,608,253      $ —         $ 5,608,253  

Loans receivable, net:

              

One- to four-family

   $ 5,533,414      $ —         $ —         $ 4,890,062      $ 4,890,062  

Home equity

     4,222,190        —           —           3,796,798        3,796,798  

Consumer and other

     871,830        —           —           902,090        902,090  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans receivable, net(1)(2)

   $ 10,627,434      $ —         $ —         $ 9,588,950      $ 9,588,950  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment in FHLB stock

   $ 128,944      $ —         $ —         $ 128,944      $ 128,944  

Liabilities

              

Deposits

   $ 29,127,826      $ —         $ 29,130,174      $ —         $ 29,130,174  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 4,609,117      $ —         $ 4,651,628      $ —         $ 4,651,628  

Customer payables

   $ 6,013,640      $ —         $ 6,013,640      $ —         $ 6,013,640  

FHLB advances and other borrowings

   $ 2,325,846      $ —         $ 2,021,489      $ 210,957      $ 2,232,446  

Corporate debt

   $ 1,505,466      $ —         $ 1,796,189      $ —         $ 1,796,189  

 

(1)   

The carrying value of loans receivable, net includes the allowance for loan loss of $508.3 million as of September 30, 2012.

(2)   

The carrying value of loans receivable, net includes the loans receivables that are valued at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of September 30, 2012.

 

71


Table of Contents
      December 31, 2011(3)  
     Carrying Value      Fair Value  

Assets

     

Held-to-maturity securities

   $ 6,079,512      $ 6,282,989  

Loans receivable, net(1)(2)

   $ 12,332,807      $ 11,142,297  

Liabilities

     

Deposits

   $ 26,459,985      $ 26,473,902  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 5,015,499      $ 5,075,415  

FHLB advances and other borrowings

   $ 2,736,935      $ 2,671,877  

Corporate debt

   $ 1,493,552      $ 1,760,564  

 

(1)   

The carrying value of loans receivable, net includes the allowance for loan losses of $822.8 million as of December 31, 2011.

(2)   

The carrying value of loans receivable, net includes the loans receivables that are valued at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2011.

(3)   

Certain disclosures are not presented for periods prior to the adoption date as the amended fair value measurement disclosure guidance for certain items was not adopted by the Company until January 1, 2012.

Financial instruments whose fair values approximate their carrying values are summarized as follows:

Cash and equivalents, cash required to be segregated under federal or other regulations, margin receivables and customer payables—Fair value is estimated to be carrying value.

Investment in FHLB stock—FHLB stock is carried at cost, which is considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Financial instruments whose fair values were different from their carrying values are summarized as follows:

Held-to-maturity securities—The held-to-maturity securities portfolio included agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs, agency debentures, and other agency debt securities. The fair value of agency mortgage-backed securities is determined using market and income approaches with quoted market prices, recent market transactions and spread data for similar instruments. The fair value of agency CMOs and other agency debt securities is determined using market and income approaches with the Company’s own trading activities for identical or similar instruments. The fair value of agency debentures is based on quoted market prices that were derived from assumptions observable in the marketplace.

Loans receivable, net—Fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow model. Loans are differentiated based on their individual portfolio characteristics, such as product classification, loan category, pricing features and remaining maturity. Assumptions for expected losses, prepayments and discount rates are adjusted to reflect the individual characteristics of the loans, such as credit risk, coupon, term, and payment characteristics, as well as the secondary market conditions for these types of loans. There was limited or no observable market data for the home equity and one- to four-family loan portfolios, which indicates that the market for these types of loans is considered to be inactive. Given the limited market data, these fair value measurements cannot be determined with precision and changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates, could significantly affect the results of current or future fair value estimates. In addition, the amount that would be realized in a forced liquidation, an actual sale or immediate settlement could be significantly lower than both the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the portfolio.

Deposits—Fair value is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date for sweep deposits, complete savings deposits, other money market and savings deposits and checking deposits. For certificates of deposit and brokered certificates of deposit, fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows using discount factors derived from current observable rates implied for other similar instruments with similar remaining maturities.

 

72


Table of Contents

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—Fair value is determined by discounting future cash flows using discount factors derived from current observable rates implied for other similar instruments with similar remaining maturities.

FHLB advances and other borrowings—Fair value for FHLB advances is estimated by discounting future cash flows using discount factors derived from current observable rates implied for similar instruments with similar remaining maturities. For subordinated debentures, fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows at the rate implied by dealer pricing quotes. For margin collateral, overnight and other short-term borrowings, fair value approximates carrying value.

Corporate debt—Fair value is estimated using dealer pricing quotes. The fair value of the non-interest-bearing convertible debentures is directly correlated to the intrinsic value of the Company’s underlying stock. As the price of the Company’s stock increases relative to the conversion price, the fair value of the convertible debentures increases.

NOTE 4—AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE AND HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES

The amortized cost basis and fair value of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are shown in the following tables (dollars in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized /
Unrecognized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized /
Unrecognized
Losses
    Fair Value  

September 30, 2012:

          

Available-for-sale securities:

          

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

          

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 12,835,326      $ 300,234      $ (5,502   $ 13,130,058  

Non-agency CMOs

     358,416        2,030        (61,851     298,595  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total residential mortgage-backed securities

     13,193,742        302,264        (67,353     13,428,653  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment securities:

          

Agency debentures

     653,446        20,623        (1,191     672,878  

Other agency debt securities

     750,029        26,523        —          776,552  

Municipal bonds

     42,239        1,284        (272     43,251  

Corporate bonds

     5,477        —           (1,352     4,125  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     1,451,191        48,430        (2,815     1,496,806  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 14,644,933      $ 350,694      $ (70,168   $ 14,925,459  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities:

          

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

          

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 8,025,844      $ 331,954      $ (1,088   $ 8,356,710  

Investment securities:

          

Agency debentures

     163,429        7,344        —          170,773  

Other agency debt securities

     1,495,295        75,165        —          1,570,460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     1,658,724        82,509        —          1,741,233  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity securities

   $ 9,684,568      $ 414,463      $ (1,088   $ 10,097,943  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized /
Unrecognized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized /
Unrecognized
Losses
    Fair Value  

December 31, 2011:

          

Available-for-sale securities:

          

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

          

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 13,772,134      $ 203,541      $ (9,963   $ 13,965,712  

Non-agency CMOs

     422,568        3,331        (84,346     341,553  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total residential mortgage-backed securities

     14,194,702        206,872        (94,309     14,307,265  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment securities:

          

Agency debentures

     743,246        —           (11,966     731,280  

Other agency debt securities

     541,038        13,654        (498     554,194  

Municipal bonds

     42,325        261        (1,517     41,069  

Corporate bonds

     25,357        —           (7,672     17,685  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     1,351,966        13,915        (21,653     1,344,228  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 15,546,668      $ 220,787      $ (115,962   $ 15,651,493  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities:

          

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

          

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 5,296,520      $ 162,975      $ (1,545   $ 5,457,950  

Investment securities:

          

Agency debentures

     163,412        5,764        —          169,176  

Other agency debt securities

     619,580        36,283        —          655,863  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     782,992        42,047        —          825,039  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity securities

   $ 6,079,512      $ 205,022      $ (1,545   $ 6,282,989  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contractual Maturities

The contractual maturities of all available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities at September 30, 2012 are shown below (dollars in thousands):

 

     Amortized Cost      Fair Value  

Available-for-sale debt securities:

     

Due within one to five years

   $ 70,484      $ 72,966  

Due within five to ten years

     914,736        952,665  

Due after ten years

     13,659,713        13,899,828  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 14,644,933      $ 14,925,459  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities:

     

Due within one to five years

   $ 323,406      $ 339,022  

Due within five to ten years

     2,687,812        2,890,284  

Due after ten years

     6,673,350        6,868,637  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity securities

   $ 9,684,568      $ 10,097,943  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Investments

The following tables show the fair value and unrealized or unrecognized losses on available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, aggregated by investment category, and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized or unrecognized loss position (dollars in thousands):

 

     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
     Fair Value      Unrealized /
Unrecognized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized /
Unrecognized
Losses
    Fair Value      Unrealized /
Unrecognized
Losses
 

September 30, 2012:

               

Available-for-sale securities:

               

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

               

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 1,040,846      $ (2,588   $ 382,298      $ (2,914   $ 1,423,144      $ (5,502

Non-agency CMOs

     361        (87     268,172        (61,764     268,533        (61,851

Investment securities:

               

Agency debentures

     70,682        (1,191     —           —          70,682        (1,191

Municipal bonds

     —           —          9,250        (272     9,250        (272

Corporate bonds

     —           —          4,125        (1,352     4,125        (1,352
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities

   $ 1,111,889      $ (3,866   $ 663,845      $ (66,302   $ 1,775,734      $ (70,168
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities:

               

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

               

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 216,024      $ (883   $ 3,413      $ (205   $ 219,437      $ (1,088
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired held-to-maturity securities

   $ 216,024      $ (883   $ 3,413      $ (205   $ 219,437      $ (1,088
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011:

               

Available-for-sale securities:

               

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

               

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 1,314,331      $ (4,014   $ 647,144      $ (5,949   $ 1,961,475      $ (9,963

Non-agency CMOs

     4,336        (355     321,932        (83,991     326,268        (84,346

Investment securities:

               

Agency debentures

     731,280        (11,966     —           —          731,280        (11,966

Other agency debt securities

     37,296        (498     —           —          37,296        (498

Municipal bonds

     —           —          20,598        (1,517     20,598        (1,517

Corporate bonds

     —           —          17,685        (7,672     17,685        (7,672
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired available-for-sale securities

   $ 2,087,243      $ (16,833   $ 1,007,359      $ (99,129   $ 3,094,602      $ (115,962
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities:

               

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

               

Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

   $ 343,340      $ (1,192   $ 42,445      $ (353   $ 385,785      $ (1,545
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired held-to-maturity securities

   $ 343,340      $ (1,192   $ 42,445      $ (353   $ 385,785      $ (1,545
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

The Company does not believe that any individual unrealized loss in the available-for-sale or unrecognized loss in the held-to-maturity portfolio as of September 30, 2012 represents a credit loss. The credit loss component is the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows, and is recognized in earnings. The noncredit loss component is the difference between the present value of its expected future cash flows and the fair value and is recognized through other comprehensive income. The Company assessed whether it intends to sell, or whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell a security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. For debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that the Company does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Company determines the amount of the impairment that is related to credit and the amount due to all other factors.

The majority of the unrealized or unrecognized losses on mortgage-backed securities are attributable to changes in interest rates and a re-pricing of risk in the market. Agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs, agency debentures and other agency debt securities are backed by the U.S. government. Municipal bonds and corporate bonds are evaluated by reviewing the credit-worthiness of the issuer and general market conditions. The Company does not intend to sell the securities in an unrealized loss position and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt securities before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost of the securities in an unrealized loss position at September 30, 2012.

The majority of the Company’s available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolio consists of residential mortgage-backed securities. For residential mortgage-backed securities, the Company calculates the credit portion of OTTI by comparing the present value of the expected future cash flows with the amortized cost basis of the security. The expected future cash flows are determined using the remaining contractual cash flows adjusted for future credit losses. The estimate of expected future credit losses includes the following assumptions: 1) expected default rates based on current delinquency trends, foreclosure statistics of the underlying mortgages and loan documentation type; 2) expected loss severity based on the underlying loan characteristics, including loan-to-value, origination vintage and geography; and 3) expected loan prepayments and principal reduction based on current experience and existing market conditions that may impact the future rate of prepayments. The expected cash flows of the security are then discounted at the interest rate used to recognize interest income on the security to arrive at the present value amount. The following table presents a summary of the significant inputs considered for securities that were other-than-temporarily impaired as of September 30, 2012:

 

     September 30, 2012
     Weighted
Average
    Range

Default rate(1)

     5   1% - 20%

Loss severity

     52   30% - 70%

Prepayment rate

     6   2% -  15%

 

(1)   

Represents the expected default rate for the next twelve months.

The following table presents a roll forward of the credit loss component of the amortized cost of debt securities that have noncredit loss recognized in other comprehensive income and credit loss recognized in earnings for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011      2012     2011  

Credit loss balance, beginning of period

   $ 211,746     $ 196,984      $ 202,945     $ 188,038  

Additions:

         

Initial credit impairment

     —          —           —          61   

Subsequent credit impairment

     2,395       3,196        11,196       12,081  

Securities sold

     (12,954     —           (12,954     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit loss balance, end of period

   $ 201,187     $ 200,180      $ 201,187     $ 200,180  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

Within the securities portfolio, the highest concentration of credit risk is the non-agency CMO portfolio. As of September 30, 2012, the Company held approximately $272.3 million in amortized cost of non-agency CMO securities that had been other-than-temporarily impaired as a result of deterioration in the expected credit performance of the underlying loans in the securities. The following table shows the components of net impairment for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”)

   $ (2,052   $ (1,038   $ (16,113   $ (7,939

Less: noncredit portion of OTTI recognized into (out of) other comprehensive income (before tax)

     (343     (2,158     4,917       (4,203
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impairment

   $ (2,395   $ (3,196   $ (11,196   $ (12,142
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gains on Loans and Securities, Net

The detailed components of the gains on loans and securities, net line item on the consolidated statement of income are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Gains on loans, net

   $ 217     $ 60     $ 379     $ 203  

Gains on securities, net

        

Gains on available-for-sale securities and other investments

     82,049       25,898       150,067       87,050  

Losses on available-for-sale securities and other investments

     (2,002     —          (4,984     —     

Losses on trading securities, net

     (3     (3,003     (111     (2,143

Hedge ineffectiveness

     (1,284     1,386       (6,783     2,576  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gains on securities, net

     78,760       24,281       138,189       87,483  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gains on loans and securities, net

   $ 78,977     $ 24,341     $ 138,568     $ 87,686  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5—LOANS RECEIVABLE, NET

Loans receivable, net are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     September 30,     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

One- to four-family

   $ 5,714,986     $ 6,615,808  

Home equity

     4,442,176       5,328,657  

Consumer and other

     902,829       1,113,257  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

     11,059,991       13,057,722  

Unamortized premiums, net

     75,725       97,901  

Allowance for loan losses

     (508,282     (822,816
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable, net

   $ 10,627,434     $ 12,332,807  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At September 30, 2012, we pledged $8.7 billion and $0.9 billion of loans as collateral to the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank, respectively. At December 31, 2011, we pledged $10.0 billion and $1.0 billion of loans as collateral to the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank, respectively.

 

77


Table of Contents

The following table represents the breakdown of the total recorded investment in loans receivable and allowance for loan losses by loans that have been collectively evaluated for impairment and those that have been individually evaluated for impairment (dollars in thousands):

 

     Recorded Investment      Allowance for Loan Losses  
     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 9,823,545      $ 11,736,731      $ 316,952      $ 502,673  

Loans individually evaluated for impairment (TDRs)

     1,312,171        1,418,892        191,330        320,143  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total recorded investment in loans receivable

   $ 11,135,716      $ 13,155,623      $ 508,282      $ 822,816  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit Quality

The Company tracks and reviews factors to predict and monitor credit risk in its mortgage loan portfolio on an ongoing basis. These factors include: loan type, estimated current LTV/CLTV ratios, delinquency history, documentation type, borrowers’ current credit scores, housing prices, loan acquisition channel, loan vintage and geographic location of the property. In economic conditions in which housing prices generally appreciate, the Company believes that loan type, LTV/CLTV ratios, documentation type and credit scores are the key factors in determining future loan performance. In a housing market with declining home prices and less credit available for refinance, the Company believes the LTV/CLTV ratio becomes a more important factor in predicting and monitoring credit risk. The factors are updated on at least a quarterly basis. The Company tracks and reviews delinquency status to predict and monitor credit risk in the consumer and other loan portfolio on an ongoing basis.

The home equity loan portfolio is primarily second lien loans on residential real estate properties, which have a higher level of credit risk than first lien mortgage loans. Approximately 15% of the home equity portfolio was in the first lien position as of September 30, 2012. The Company holds both the first and second lien positions in less than 1% of the home equity loan portfolio. The home equity loan portfolio consists of home equity installment loans and home equity lines of credit.

Home equity installment loans are primarily fixed rate and fixed term, fully amortizing loans that do not offer the option of an interest-only payment. Home equity lines of credit convert to amortizing loans at the end of the draw period, which ranges from five to ten years. At September 30, 2012, the vast majority of the home equity line of credit portfolio had not converted from the interest-only draw period to an amortizing loan. In addition, approximately 80% of the home equity line of credit portfolio will not begin amortizing until after 2014. The following table outlines when home equity lines of credit convert to amortizing for the home equity line of credit portfolio as of September 30, 2012:

 

Period of Conversion to Amortizing Loan

   % of Home Equity Line of Credit
Portfolio
 

Already amortizing

     8

Through December 31, 2012

     1

Year ending December 31, 2013

     4

Year ending December 31, 2014

     7

Year ending December 31, 2015

     26

Year ending December 31, 2016

     41

Year ending December 31, 2017

     13

 

78


Table of Contents

The following tables show the distribution of the Company’s mortgage loan portfolios by credit quality indicator (dollars in thousands):

 

     One-to Four-Family     Home Equity  
Current LTV/CLTV (1)    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

<=80%

   $ 1,370,921     $ 1,596,299     $ 975,007     $ 1,168,851  

80%-100%

     1,440,716       1,716,799       800,361       967,945  

100%-120%

     1,273,042       1,527,266       961,682       1,191,862  

>120%

     1,630,307       1,775,444       1,705,126       1,999,999  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,714,986     $ 6,615,808     $ 4,442,176     $ 5,328,657  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average estimated current LTV/CLTV (2)

     109.1     106.7     114.4     112.1

Average LTV/CLTV at loan origination (3)

     71.2     71.0     79.3     79.2

 

(1)   

Current CLTV calculations for home equity loans are based on the maximum available line for home equity lines of credit and outstanding principal balance for home equity installment loans. Current property values are updated on a quarterly basis using the most recent property value data available to the Company. For properties in which the Company did not have an updated valuation, it utilized home price indices to estimate the current property value.

(2)   

The average estimated current LTV/CLTV ratio reflects the outstanding balance at the balance sheet date and the maximum available line for home equity lines of credit, divided by the estimated current value of the underlying property.

(3)   

Average LTV/CLTV at loan origination calculations are based on LTV/CLTV at time of purchase for one- to four-family purchased loans and undrawn balances for home equity loans.

 

     One- to Four-Family      Home Equity  
     September 30,      December 31,      September 30,      December 31,  

Documentation Type

   2012      2011      2012      2011  

Full documentation

   $ 2,443,847      $ 2,845,571      $ 2,278,610      $ 2,699,164  

Low/no documentation

     3,271,139        3,770,237        2,163,566        2,629,493  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,714,986      $ 6,615,808      $ 4,442,176      $ 5,328,657  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     One- to Four-Family      Home Equity  
     September 30,      December 31,      September 30,      December 31,  

Current FICO (1)

   2012      2011      2012      2011  

>=720

   $ 2,992,591      $ 3,557,576      $ 2,378,221      $ 2,780,163  

719 - 700

     543,011        585,188        447,975        497,680  

699 - 680

     440,796        448,651        358,486        408,804  

679 - 660

     353,472        385,051        281,381        325,777  

659 - 620

     488,167        525,878        384,747        447,908  

<620

     896,949        1,113,464        591,366        868,325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,714,986      $ 6,615,808      $ 4,442,176      $ 5,328,657  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   

FICO scores are updated on a quarterly basis; however, as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there were some loans for which the updated FICO scores were not available. The current FICO distribution as of September 30, 2012 included original FICO scores for approximately $132 million and $22 million of one- to four-family and home equity loans, respectively. The current FICO distribution as of December 31, 2011 included original FICO scores for approximately $153 million and $30 million of one- to four-family and home equity loans, respectively.

 

79


Table of Contents
     One- to Four-Family      Home Equity  
     September 30,      December 31,      September 30,      December 31,  

Acquisition Channel

   2012      2011      2012      2011  

Purchased from a third party

   $ 4,694,293      $ 5,420,858      $ 3,904,835      $ 4,669,551  

Originated by the Company

     1,020,693        1,194,950        537,341        659,106  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,714,986      $ 6,615,808      $ 4,442,176      $ 5,328,657  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     One- to Four-Family      Home Equity  
     September 30,      December 31,      September 30,      December 31,  

Vintage Year

   2012      2011      2012      2011  

2003 and prior

   $ 201,627      $ 239,868      $ 238,176      $ 302,606  

2004

     537,903        620,464        384,507        472,935  

2005

     1,162,878        1,377,748        1,183,367        1,387,044  

2006

     2,219,199        2,528,558        2,061,337        2,479,969  

2007

     1,588,158        1,841,097        564,919        674,742  

2008

     5,221        8,073        9,870        11,361  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,714,986      $ 6,615,808      $ 4,442,176      $ 5,328,657  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     One- to Four-Family      Home Equity  
     September 30,      December 31,      September 30,      December 31,  

Geographic Location

   2012      2011      2012      2011  

California

   $ 2,700,918      $ 3,096,028      $ 1,405,076      $ 1,690,319  

New York

     406,000        488,209        327,870        387,038  

Florida

     388,689        458,219        313,392        377,754  

Virginia

     242,173        280,772        201,927        234,140  

Other states

     1,977,206        2,292,580        2,193,911        2,639,406  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans receivable

   $ 5,714,986      $ 6,615,808      $ 4,442,176      $ 5,328,657  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Delinquent Loans

The following table shows total loans receivable by delinquency category as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Current      30-89 Days
Delinquent
     90-179 Days
Delinquent
     180+ Days
Delinquent
     Total  

September 30, 2012

              

One- to four-family

   $ 5,096,831      $ 210,242      $ 107,522      $ 300,391      $ 5,714,986  

Home equity

     4,236,434        99,219        64,778        41,745        4,442,176  

Consumer and other

     881,219        17,889        3,459        262        902,829  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

   $ 10,214,484      $ 327,350      $ 175,759      $ 342,398      $ 11,059,991  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

              

One- to four-family

   $ 5,726,745      $ 294,769      $ 136,238      $ 458,056      $ 6,615,808  

Home equity

     5,016,568        154,638        99,657        57,794        5,328,657  

Consumer and other

     1,091,010        17,715        4,102        430        1,113,257  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans receivable

   $ 11,834,323      $ 467,122      $ 239,997      $ 516,280      $ 13,057,722  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

The decrease in delinquent loans was due to both improving credit trends and the additional charge-offs recorded as a result of the completion of the evaluation of certain programs and practices that were designed in accordance with guidance from the Company’s former regulator, the OTS. This evaluation was initiated in connection with the Company’s transition from the OTS to the OCC, its new primary banking regulator. As a result of the evaluation, loan modification policies and procedures were aligned with the guidance from the OCC. The review resulted in a significant increase in charge-offs during the first quarter of 2012, which also decreased the loans receivable balance.

Nonaccrual loans include loans that are 90 days and greater past due, TDRs that are on nonaccrual status for all classes of loans and certain junior liens that have a delinquent senior lien. As of September 30, 2012, the Company had nonaccrual loans of $709.9 million, $278.7 million and $3.7 million for one- to four-family, home equity and consumer and other loans, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had nonaccrual loans of $930.2 million, $281.4 million and $4.5 million for one- to four-family, home equity and consumer and other loans, respectively.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table provides a roll forward by loan portfolio of the allowance for loan losses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended September 30, 2012  
     One- to
Four- Family
    Home Equity     Consumer
and Other
    Total  

Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period

   $ 215,934     $ 266,883     $ 42,939     $ 525,756  

Provision for loan losses

     24,702       105,022       11,295       141,019  

Charge-offs

     (34,236     (120,337     (17,074     (171,647

Recoveries

     —          9,321       3,833       13,154  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs, net

     (34,236     (111,016     (13,241     (158,493
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses, end of period

   $ 206,400     $ 260,889     $ 40,993     $ 508,282  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Three Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     One- to
Four- Family
    Home Equity     Consumer
and Other
    Total  

Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period

   $ 326,580     $ 493,551     $ 58,484     $ 878,615  

Provision for loan losses

     29,202       65,114       4,068       98,384  

Charge-offs

     (44,331     (112,885     (12,702     (169,918

Recoveries

     —          8,262       4,712       12,974  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs, net

     (44,331     (104,623     (7,990     (156,944
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses, end of period

   $ 311,451     $ 454,042     $ 54,562     $ 820,055  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012  
     One-to Four-
Family
    Home Equity     Consumer
and Other
    Total  

Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period

   $ 314,187     $ 463,288     $ 45,341     $ 822,816  

Provision for loan losses

     40,816       213,049       26,362       280,227  

Charge-offs

     (157,869     (445,458     (40,310     (643,637

Recoveries

     9,266       30,010       9,600       48,876  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs, net

     (148,603     (415,448     (30,710     (594,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses, end of period

   $ 206,400     $ 260,889     $ 40,993     $ 508,282  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents
     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     One-to Four-
Family
    Home
Equity
    Consumer
and Other
    Total  

Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period

   $ 389,594     $ 576,089     $ 65,486     $ 1,031,169  

Provision for loan losses

     80,108       220,127       17,343       317,578  

Charge-offs

     (158,251     (366,274     (42,896     (567,421

Recoveries

     —          24,100       14,629       38,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs, net

     (158,251     (342,174     (28,267     (528,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses, end of period

   $ 311,451     $ 454,042     $ 54,562     $ 820,055  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the allowance for loan losses decreased by $314.5 million from the level at December 31, 2011. As a result of the evaluation discussed above, loan modification policies and procedures were aligned with the guidance from the OCC. The review resulted in a significant increase in charge-offs during the first quarter of 2012. The majority of the losses associated with these charge-offs were previously reflected in the specific valuation allowance and qualitative component of the general allowance for loan losses.

During the second quarter of 2012, the Company agreed to settlements with two third-party mortgage originators specific to loans sold to the Company by those originators. One-time payments of $11.2 million were made to the Company to satisfy in full all pending and future repurchase requests with those specific originators. The full amount of the settlement was applied as recoveries to the allowance for loan losses in the second quarter of 2012, resulting in a corresponding reduction to net charge-offs as well as provision for loan losses.

The Company utilizes third party loan servicers to obtain bankruptcy data on our borrowers and during the third quarter of 2012, the Company identified an increase in bankruptcies reported by one specific servicer. In researching this increase, it was discovered that the servicer had not been reporting historical bankruptcy data on a timely basis. As a result, the Company implemented an enhanced procedure around all servicer reporting to corroborate bankruptcy reporting with independent third party data. Through this additional process, approximately $90 million of loans were identified in which servicers failed to report the bankruptcy filing to us. As a result, these loans were written down to the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs, or approximately $40 million, during the third quarter of 2012. These newly identified bankruptcy filings resulted in an increase to net charge-offs and provision for loan losses of $50 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012, with approximately 80% related to prior years.

Impaired Loans—Troubled Debt Restructurings

The Company has loan modification programs that focus on the mitigation of potential losses in the loan portfolio. TDRs include loan modifications completed under the Company’s programs that involve granting an economic concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. The various types of economic concessions that may be granted typically consist of interest rate reductions, maturity date extensions, principal forgiveness or a combination of these concessions. Upon being classified as a TDR, such loan is categorized as an impaired loan and impairment is measured on an individual basis. Once a loan is modified as a TDR, the loan is considered impaired until maturity regardless of whether the borrower performs under the modified terms.

TDRs do not include loans that have been charged-off due to bankruptcy notification if the loan has not been modified under the Company’s modification programs. As of September 30, 2012, the Company has $369.6 million in unpaid principal balance of these loans that has been written down to the estimated current value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs, or $191.0 million. At September 30, 2012, $95.5 million of these loans were classified as performing.

Both one- to four-family and home equity TDRs, including trial modifications, are accounted for as nonaccrual loans at the time of modification and return to accrual status after six consecutive payments are made

 

82


Table of Contents

in accordance with the modified terms. The Company currently does not have an active TDR program for consumer and other loans; therefore, there are no reported TDRs for consumer and other loans. TDRs are classified as nonperforming until six consecutive payments have been made. The unpaid principal balance in one- to four-family TDRs was $1.1 billion at September 30, 2012 and $968.2 million at December 31, 2011. For home equity loans, the recorded investment in TDRs represents the unpaid principal balance.

The following table shows a summary of the Company’s recorded investment in TDRs that were on accrual and nonaccrual status, in addition to the recorded investment of TDRs as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

            Nonaccrual TDRs         
     Accrual TDRs(1)      Current(2)      30-89 Days
Delinquent
     90+ Days
Delinquent
     Recorded
Investment
in TDRs
 

September 30, 2012

              

One- to four-family

   $ 667,747      $ 181,312      $ 94,512      $ 120,107      $ 1,063,678  

Home equity

     174,175        41,555        17,984        14,779        248,493  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 841,922      $ 222,867      $ 112,496      $ 134,886      $ 1,312,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

              

One- to four-family

   $ 516,314      $ 250,989      $ 88,195      $ 117,455      $ 972,953  

Home equity

     279,031        72,578        51,433        42,897        445,939  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 795,345      $ 323,567      $ 139,628      $ 160,352      $ 1,418,892  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   

Represents TDRs that are current and have made six or more consecutive payments.

(2)   

Represents TDRs that are current but have not yet made six consecutive payments and certain junior lien TDRs that have a delinquent senior lien.

The following table shows the average recorded investment and interest income recognized both on a cash and accrual basis for the Company’s TDRs during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Average Recorded
Investment
     Interest Income
Recognized
 
     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012      2011      2012      2011  

One- to four-family

   $ 1,067,178      $ 852,078      $ 6,867      $ 7,340  

Home equity

     259,608        444,106        2,778        2,813  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,326,786      $ 1,296,184      $ 9,645      $ 10,153  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Average Recorded
Investment
     Interest Income
Recognized
 
     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
     Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2012      2011      2012      2011  
           

One- to four-family

   $ 1,031,729      $ 729,963      $ 23,288      $ 19,522  

Home equity

     311,785        459,285        8,224        7,174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,343,514      $ 1,189,248      $ 31,512      $ 26,696  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Included in the allowance for loan losses was a specific allowance of $191.3 million and $320.1 million that was established for TDRs at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The specific allowance for these individually impaired loans represents the forecasted losses over the estimated remaining life of the loan, including the economic concession to the borrower. The following table shows detailed information related to the Company’s loans that were modified in a TDR as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     September 30, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Recorded
Investment
in TDRs
     Specific
Valuation
Allowance
     Net
Investment
in TDRs
     Recorded
Investment
in TDRs
     Specific
Valuation
Allowance
     Net
Investment
in TDRs
 

With a recorded allowance:

                 

One- to four-family

   $ 528,983      $ 98,628      $ 430,355      $ 557,297      $ 101,188      $ 456,109  

Home equity

   $ 209,780      $ 92,702      $ 117,078      $ 424,834      $ 218,955      $ 205,879  

Without a recorded allowance:(1)

                 

One- to four-family

   $ 534,695      $ —         $ 534,695      $ 415,656      $ —         $ 415,656  

Home equity

   $ 38,713      $ —         $ 38,713      $ 21,105      $ —         $ 21,105  

Total:

                 

One- to four-family

   $ 1,063,678      $ 98,628      $ 965,050      $ 972,953      $ 101,188      $ 871,765  

Home equity

   $ 248,493      $ 92,702      $ 155,791      $ 445,939      $ 218,955      $ 226,984  

 

(1)   

Represents loans where the discounted cash flow analysis or collateral value is equal to or exceeds the recorded investment in the loan.

The vast majority of the Company’s TDRs include an interest rate reduction in combination with another type of concession. The Company prioritizes the interest rate reduction modifications in combination with the following modification categories: principal forgiven, principal deferred and re-age/extension/capitalization of accrued interest. Each class is mutually exclusive in that if a TDR had an interest rate reduction with principal forgiven and an extension, the TDR would only show up in the principal forgiven column in the table below. The following tables provide the number of loans, post-modification balances immediately after being modified as a TDR by major class of modification, and the financial impact of modifications for loans that were modified as a TDR during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended September 30, 2012  
            Interest Rate Reduction                
     Number of
Loans
     Principal
Forgiven
     Principal
Deferred
     Re-age/
Extension/
Interest
Capitalization
     Other with
Interest Rate
Reduction
     Other      Total  

One- to four-family

     148      $ 13,448      $ 5,706      $ 28,677      $ 2,579      $ 5,142      $ 55,552  

Home equity

     83        276        82        982        4,535        2,135        8,010  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     231      $ 13,724      $ 5,788      $ 29,659      $ 7,114      $ 7,277      $ 63,562  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Three Months Ended September 30, 2011  
            Interest Rate Reduction                
     Number of
Loans
     Principal
Forgiven
     Principal
Deferred
     Re-age/
Extension/
Interest
Capitalization
     Other with
Interest Rate
Reduction
     Other      Total  

One- to four-family

     285      $ 7,693      $ 21,133      $ 82,899      $ 3,462      $ 8,636      $ 123,823  

Home equity

     382        16        —           4,687        31,094        23        35,820  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     667      $ 7,709      $ 21,133      $ 87,586      $ 34,556      $ 8,659      $ 159,643  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents
     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012  
            Interest Rate Reduction                
     Number of
Loans
     Principal
Forgiven
     Principal
Deferred
     Re-age/
Extension/
Interest
Capitalization
     Other with
Interest Rate
Reduction
     Other      Total  

One- to four-family

     528      $ 41,936      $ 32,535      $ 119,088      $ 7,793      $ 16,958      $ 218,310  

Home equity

     488        276        82        4,667        35,005        4,056        44,086  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,016      $ 42,212      $ 32,617      $ 123,755      $ 42,798      $ 21,014      $ 262,396  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  
            Interest Rate Reduction                
     Number of
Loans
     Principal
Forgiven
     Principal
Deferred
     Re-age/
Extension/
Interest
Capitalization
     Other with
Interest Rate
Reduction
     Other      Total  

One- to four-family

     909      $ 14,156      $ 60,103      $ 274,509      $ 20,251      $ 19,529      $ 388,548  

Home equity

     1,115        317        —           19,271        78,088        1,585        99,261  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,024      $ 14,473      $ 60,103      $ 293,780      $ 98,339      $ 21,114      $ 487,809  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Three Months Ended September 30, 2012  
     Financial Impact  
     Principal
Forgiven
     Pre-TDR Weighted
Average Interest Rate
    Post-TDR Weighted
Average Interest Rate
 

One- to four-family

   $ 4,841        5.7     2.2

Home equity

     88        4.5     1.6
  

 

 

      

Total

   $ 4,929       
  

 

 

      
     Three Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     Financial Impact  
     Principal
Forgiven
     Pre-TDR Weighted
Average Interest Rate
    Post-TDR Weighted
Average Interest Rate
 

One- to four-family

   $ 2,183        6.1     2.6

Home equity

     19        4.5     1.8
  

 

 

      

Total

   $ 2,202       
  

 

 

      
     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012  
     Financial Impact  
     Principal
Forgiven
     Pre-TDR Weighted
Average Interest Rate
    Post-TDR Weighted
Average Interest Rate
 

One- to four-family

   $ 12,818        5.9     2.4

Home equity

     96        4.4     1.6
  

 

 

      

Total

   $ 12,914       
  

 

 

      
     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     Financial Impact  
     Principal
Forgiven
     Pre-TDR Weighted
Average Interest Rate
    Post-TDR Weighted
Average Interest Rate
 

One- to four-family

   $ 4,017        6.1     2.6

Home equity

     646        4.6     1.8
  

 

 

      

Total

   $ 4,663       
  

 

 

      

 

85


Table of Contents

The Company considers TDRs that become 30 days past due to have experienced a payment default. The following table shows the recorded investment of TDRs at September 30, 2012 and 2011 that experienced a payment default within 12 months after the modification for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30, 2012
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
 
     Number of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Number of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
 

One- to four-family(1)

     62      $ 22,741        208      $ 80,226  

Home equity(2)

     79        3,165        305        14,968  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     141      $ 25,906        513      $ 95,194  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Three Months Ended
September 30, 2011
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2011
 
     Number of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
     Number of
Loans
     Recorded
Investment
 

One- to four-family(1)

     95      $ 33,466        207      $ 83,896  

Home equity(2)

     176        14,008        684        51,714  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     271      $ 47,474        891      $ 135,610  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   

As of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, $6.4 million and $20.6 million of the recorded investment in one- to four-family loans that had a payment default in the trailing 12 months were classified as current, compared to $9.5 million and $28.7 million as of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively.

(2)   

As of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, $0.8 million and $5.0 million of the recorded investment in home equity loans that had a payment default in the trailing 12 months were classified as current, compared to $2.6 million and $15.2 million as of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively.

 

86


Table of Contents

NOTE 6—ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company enters into derivative transactions primarily to protect against interest rate risk on the value of certain assets, liabilities and future cash flows. Cash flow hedges, which include a combination of interest rate swaps, forward-starting swaps and purchased options, including caps and floors, are used primarily to reduce the variability of future cash flows associated with existing variable-rate assets and liabilities and forecasted issuances of liabilities. Fair value hedges, which include interest rate swaps and swaptions, are used to offset exposure to changes in value of certain fixed-rate assets and liabilities. The Company also recognizes certain contracts and commitments as derivatives when the characteristics of those contracts and commitments meet the definition of a derivative. Each derivative is recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value as a freestanding asset or liability. The following table summarizes the fair value amounts of derivatives designated as hedging instruments reported in the consolidated balance sheet (dollars in thousands):

 

            Fair Value  
     Notional      Asset(1)      Liability(2)     Net(3)  

September 30, 2012

          

Interest rate contracts:

          

Cash flow hedges:

          

Purchased options

     2,325,000        16,688        —          16,688  

Pay-fixed rate swaps

   $ 2,205,000      $ —         $ (327,632   $ (327,632
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedges

     4,530,000        16,688        (327,632     (310,944
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value hedges:

          

Pay-fixed rate swaps

     784,480        760        (41,892     (41,132

Receive-fixed rate swaps

     641,200        43,679        —          43,679  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fair value hedges

     1,425,680        44,439        (41,892     2,547  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments(4)

   $ 5,955,680      $ 61,127      $ (369,524   $ (308,397
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

          

Interest rate contracts:

          

Cash flow hedges:

          

Purchased options

     2,625,000        33,959        —          33,959  

Pay-fixed rate swaps

   $ 2,165,000      $ —         $ (281,071   $ (281,071
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedges

     4,790,000        33,959        (281,071     (247,112
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value hedges:

          

Pay-fixed rate swaps

     1,093,860        —           (77,132     (77,132

Receive-fixed rate swaps

     725,950        32,575        —          32,575  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fair value hedges

     1,819,810        32,575        (77,132     (44,557
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments(4)

   $ 6,609,810      $ 66,534      $ (358,203   $ (291,669
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   

Reflected in the other assets line item on the consolidated balance sheet.

(2)   

Reflected in the other liabilities line item on the consolidated balance sheet.

(3)   

Represents derivative assets net of derivative liabilities for disclosure purposes only.

(4)   

All derivatives were designated as hedging instruments as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Cash Flow Hedges

The effective portion of changes in fair value of the derivative instruments that hedge cash flows is reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax in the consolidated balance sheet, for both active and discontinued hedges. Amounts are included in net operating interest income as a yield adjustment in the same period the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of changes in fair value of the derivative instrument, which is equal to the excess of the cumulative change in the fair value of the

 

87


Table of Contents

actual derivative over the cumulative change in the fair value of a hypothetical derivative which is created to match the exact terms of the underlying instruments being hedged, is reported in the gains on loans and securities, net line item in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

If it becomes probable that a hedged forecasted transaction will not occur, amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the specific hedging instruments would be immediately reclassified into the gains on loans and securities, net line item in the consolidated statement of income (loss). If hedge accounting is discontinued because a derivative instrument is sold, terminated or otherwise de-designated, amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the specific hedging instrument continue to be reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss until the forecasted transaction affects earnings.

The future issuances of liabilities, including repurchase agreements, are largely dependent on the market demand and liquidity in the wholesale borrowings market. As of September 30, 2012, the Company believes the forecasted issuance of all debt in cash flow hedge relationships is probable. However, unexpected changes in market conditions in future periods could impact the ability to issue this debt. The Company believes the forecasted issuance of debt in the form of repurchase agreements is most susceptible to an unexpected change in market conditions.

The following table summarizes the effect of interest rate contracts designated and qualifying as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges on accumulated other comprehensive loss and on the consolidated statement of income (loss) (dollars in thousands):

 

      Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
            2012                 2011                 2012                 2011        

Losses on derivatives recognized in OCI (effective portion), net of tax

   $ (21,905   $ (135,446   $ (73,602   $ (192,249

Losses reclassified from AOCI into earnings (effective portion), net of tax

   $ (20,471   $ (16,370   $ (60,329   $ (49,722

Cash flow hedge ineffectiveness gains (losses) (1)

   $ 111     $ 8     $ (862   $ 109  

 

(1)   

The cash flow hedge ineffectiveness is reflected in the gains on loans and securities, net line item on the statement of consolidated income (loss).

During the upcoming twelve months, the Company expects to include a pre-tax amount of approximately $81.5 million of net unrealized losses that are currently reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss in net operating interest income as a yield adjustment in the same periods in which the related items affect earnings. The maximum length of time over which transactions are hedged is 10 years.

The following table shows the balance in accumulated other comprehensive loss attributable to active and discontinued cash flow hedges (dollars in thousands):

 

     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss balance (net of tax) related to:

       

Discontinued cash flow hedges

   $ (258,251      $ (279,091

Active cash flow hedges

     (212,975        (178,862
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedges

   $ (471,226      $ (457,953
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

The following table shows the balance in accumulated other comprehensive loss attributable to cash flow hedges by type of hedged item (dollars in thousands):

 

     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Repurchase agreements

   $ (609,881   $ (595,202

FHLB advances

     (153,978     (154,082

Home equity lines of credit

     10,603       15,772  

Other

     (349     (655
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total balance of cash flow hedges, before tax

     (753,605     (734,167

Tax benefit

     282,379       276,214  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total balance of cash flow hedges, net of tax

   $ (471,226   $ (457,953
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair Value Hedges

Fair value hedges are accounted for by recording the fair value of the derivative instrument and the fair value of the asset or liability being hedged on the consolidated balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of both the derivatives and the underlying assets or liabilities are recognized in the gains on loans and securities, net line item in the consolidated statement of income (loss). To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, the changes in the fair values will not offset and the difference, or hedge ineffectiveness, is reflected in the gains on loans and securities, net line item in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

Hedge accounting is discontinued for fair value hedges if a derivative instrument is sold, terminated or otherwise de-designated. If fair value hedge accounting is discontinued, the previously hedged item is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value through the consolidated statement of income (loss) and the cumulative net gain or loss on the hedged asset or liability at the time of de-designation is amortized to interest income or interest expense using the effective interest method over the expected remaining life of the hedged item. Changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments after de-designation of fair value hedge accounting are recorded in the gains on loans and securities, net line item in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

89


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the effect of interest rate contracts designated and qualifying as hedging instruments in fair value hedges and related hedged items on the consolidated statement of income (loss) (dollars in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,  
     2012     2011  
     Hedging
Instrument
    Hedged
Item
    Hedge
Ineffectiveness(1)
    Hedging
Instrument
    Hedged
Item
    Hedge
Ineffectiveness(1)
 

Agency debentures

   $ (1,475   $ 1,481     $ 6     $ (123,313   $ 120,709     $ (2,604

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     (2,260     2,141       (119     (42,477     43,383       906  

FHLB advances

     5,736       (7,018     (1,282     34,460       (31,384     3,076  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gains (losses) included in earnings

   $ 2,001     $ (3,396   $ (1,395   $ (131,330   $ 132,708     $ 1,378  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2012     2011  
     Hedging
Instrument
    Hedged
Item
    Hedge
Ineffectiveness(1)
    Hedging
Instrument
    Hedged
Item
    Hedge
Ineffectiveness(1)
 
            

Agency debentures

   $ (27,875   $ 26,319     $ (1,556   $ (134,058   $ 134,504     $ 446  

Agency mortgage-backed securities

     (7,303     6,745       (558     (46,616     45,437       (1,179

FHLB advances

     14,939       (18,746     (3,807     50,222       (47,022     3,200  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gains (losses) included in earnings

   $ (20,239   $ 14,318     $ (5,921   $ (130,452   $ 132,919     $ 2,467  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   

Reflected in the gains on loans and securities, net line item on the consolidated statement of income (loss).

NOTE 7—DEPOSITS

Deposits are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Amount      Weighted-Average Rate  
     September 30,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Sweep deposits (1)

   $ 21,874,534      $ 18,618,954        0.05     0.08

Complete savings deposits

     5,184,141        5,720,758        0.05     0.15

Other money market and savings deposits

     1,003,200        1,033,254        0.05     0.15

Checking deposits

     950,840        863,310        0.10     0.10

Time deposits (2)

     115,111        223,709        1.86     2.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total deposits (3)

   $ 29,127,826      $ 26,459,985        0.06     0.12
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

(1)   

A sweep product transfers brokerage customer balances to banking subsidiaries, which hold these funds as customer deposits in FDIC insured demand deposit and money market deposit accounts.

(2)   

Time deposits represent certificates of deposit and brokered certificates of deposit.

(3)   

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company had $101.3 million and $89.2 million in non-interest bearing deposits, respectively.

 

90


Table of Contents

NOTE 8—SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE AND FHLB ADVANCES AND OTHER BORROWINGS

Other borrowings, including maturities, at September 30, 2012 and other borrowings at December 31, 2011 are shown below (dollars in thousands):

 

     Repurchase
Agreements (1)
     FHLB Advances and
Other Borrowings
     Total      Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
 
        FHLB
Advances
     Other        

Due within one year

   $ 3,809,117      $ 820,000      $ 2,413      $ 4,631,530        0.41

Due between one and two years

     100,000        —           199        100,199        1.78

Due between two and three years

     200,000        383,600        —           583,600        3.04

Due between three and four years

     —           250,000        —           250,000        5.01

Due between four and five years

     500,000        400,000        —           900,000        3.50

Thereafter

     —           —           427,691        427,691        3.05
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subtotal

     4,609,117        1,853,600        430,303        6,893,020        1.39

Fair value hedge adjustments

     —           41,943        —           41,943     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total other borrowings at September 30, 2012

   $ 4,609,117      $ 1,895,543      $ 430,303      $ 6,934,963        1.39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total other borrowings at December 31, 2011

   $ 5,015,499      $ 2,302,695      $ 434,240      $ 7,752,434        1.74
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)   

The maximum amount at any month end for repurchase agreements was $5.0 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and $5.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011.

During the three months ended September 30, 2012, the Company paid down in advance of maturity $420 million of its FHLB advances and $100 million of its repurchase agreements. The Company recorded $41.3 million loss on the early extinguishment of FHLB advances and $8.2 million loss on the early extinguishment of repurchase agreements for the three months ended September 30, 2012. This loss is recorded in the gains (losses) on early extinguishment of debt line item in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

91


Table of Contents

NOTE 9—CORPORATE DEBT

The Company’s corporate debt by type is shown below (dollars in thousands):

 

      Face Value      Discount     Fair Value Hedge
Adjustment(1)
     Net  

September 30, 2012

                          

Interest-bearing notes:

          

7  7/8% Notes, due 2015

   $ 243,177      $ (948   $ 5,984      $ 248,213  

6  3/4% Notes, due 2016

     435,000        (6,158     —           428,842  

12  1/2% Springing lien notes, due 2017

     930,230        (150,176     5,445        785,499  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing notes

     1,608,407        (157,282     11,429        1,462,554  

Non-interest-bearing debt:

          

0% Convertible debentures, due 2019

     42,912        —          —           42,912  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate debt

   $ 1,651,319      $ (157,282   $ 11,429      $ 1,505,466  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Face Value      Discount     Fair Value Hedge
Adjustment(1)
     Net  

December 31, 2011

                          

Interest-bearing notes:

          

7  7/8% Notes, due 2015

   $ 243,177      $ (1,172   $ 7,394      $ 249,399  

6  3/4% Notes, due 2016

     435,000        (7,419     —           427,581  

12  1/2% Springing lien notes, due 2017

     930,230        (162,903     6,233        773,560  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing notes

     1,608,407        (171,494     13,627        1,450,540  

Non-interest-bearing debt:

          

0% Convertible debentures, due 2019

     43,012        —          —           43,012  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate debt

   $ 1,651,419      $ (171,494   $ 13,627      $ 1,493,552  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   

The fair value hedge adjustment is related to changes in fair value of the debt while in a fair value hedge relationship.

NOTE 10—EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

The following table is a reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
       Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2011        2012      2011  

Basic:

            

Net income (loss)

   $ (28,625   $ 70,696        $ 73,476      $ 163,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic weighted-average shares outstanding

     285,850       283,807          285,658        261,272  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   $ (0.10   $ 0.25        $ 0.26      $ 0.62  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted:

            

Net income (loss)

   $ (28,625   $ 70,696        $ 73,476      $ 163,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic weighted-average shares outstanding

     285,850       283,807          285,658        261,272  

Effect of dilutive securities:

            

Weighted-average convertible debentures

     —          5,480          4,154        27,910  

Weighted-average options and restricted stock issued to employees

     —          419          583        588  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

     285,850       289,706          290,395        289,770  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   $ (0.10   $ 0.24        $ 0.25      $ 0.56  
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

The Company excluded the following shares from the calculations of diluted earnings (loss) per share as the effect would have been anti-dilutive (shares in millions):

 

     Three Months Ended      Nine Months Ended  
     September 30,      September 30,  
     2012      2011      2012      2011  

Weighted-average shares excluded as a result of the Company’s net loss:

           

Convertible debentures

     4.1        N/A         N/A         N/A   

Stock options and restricted stock awards and units

     0.4        N/A         N/A         N/A   

Other stock options and restricted stock awards and units

     2.9        3.9        2.6        3.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     7.4        3.9        2.6        3.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 11—REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Registered Broker-Dealers

The Company’s largest U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to the Uniform Net Capital Rule (the “Rule”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 administered by the SEC and FINRA, which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. The minimum net capital requirements can be met under either the Aggregate Indebtedness method or the Alternative method. Under the Aggregate Indebtedness method, a broker-dealer is required to maintain minimum net capital of the greater of 6  2/3% of its aggregate indebtedness, as defined, or a minimum dollar amount. Under the Alternative method, a broker-dealer is required to maintain net capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions. The method used depends on the individual U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary. The Company’s other broker-dealers, including its international broker-dealer subsidiaries located in Europe and Asia, are subject to capital requirements determined by their respective regulators.

As of September 30, 2012, all of the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries met minimum net capital requirements. Total required net capital was $0.1 billion at September 30, 2012. In addition, the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries had excess net capital of $0.6 billion at September 30, 2012. The table below summarizes the minimum excess capital requirements for the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries (dollars in thousands):

 

     September 30, 2012  
     Required Net
Capital
     Net Capital      Excess Net
Capital
 

E*TRADE Clearing LLC(1)

   $ 120,898      $ 615,095      $ 494,197  

E*TRADE Securities LLC(1)

     250        97,504        97,254  

E*TRADE Capital Markets, LLC(2)

     1,000        13,029        12,029  

Other broker-dealers

     4,992        32,027        27,035  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 127,140      $ 757,655      $ 630,515  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   

Elected to use the Alternative method to compute net capital.

(2)   

Elected to use the Aggregate Indebtedness method to compute net capital.

Banking

E*TRADE Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on E*TRADE Bank’s financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for

 

93


Table of Contents

prompt corrective action, E*TRADE Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of E*TRADE Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. In addition, E*TRADE Bank may not pay dividends to the parent company without approval from its regulators and any loans by E*TRADE Bank to the parent company and its other non-bank subsidiaries are subject to various quantitative, arm’s length, collateralization and other requirements. E*TRADE Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require E*TRADE Bank to maintain minimum total capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 leverage amounts and ratios. As shown in the table below, at both September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, E*TRADE Bank was categorized as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. However, events beyond management’s control, such as a continued deterioration in residential real estate and credit markets, could adversely affect future earnings and E*TRADE Bank’s ability to meet its future capital requirements. E*TRADE Bank’s actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table below (dollars in thousands):

 

     Actual     Minimum Required to be
Well Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective Action
Provisions
    Excess
Capital
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio    

September 30, 2012:

            

Total capital

   $ 3,897,813        19.29   >$ 2,021,122        >10.00   $ 1,876,691  

Tier 1 capital

   $ 3,640,938        18.01   >$ 1,212,673        >6.00   $ 2,428,265  

Tier 1 leverage(1)

   $ 3,640,938        7.87   >$ 2,313,488        >5.00   $ 1,327,450  

December 31, 2011:

            

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

   $ 3,602,384        17.27   >$ 2,086,243        >10.00   $ 1,516,141  

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

   $ 3,338,618        16.00   >$ 1,251,746        >6.00   $ 2,086,872  

Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets

   $ 3,351,860        7.75   >$ 2,163,785        >5.00   $ 1,188,075  

 

(1)   

In the first quarter of 2012, the Company transitioned from reporting under the OTS reporting requirements to reporting under the OCC reporting requirements. The OTS Tier 1 capital ratio and OCC Tier 1 leverage ratio are both calculated in the same manner using adjusted total assets.

NOTE 12—COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER REGULATORY MATTERS

Legal Matters

Litigation Matters

On October 27, 2000, Ajaxo, Inc. (“Ajaxo”) filed a complaint in the Superior Court for the State of California, County of Santa Clara. Ajaxo sought damages and certain non-monetary relief for the Company’s alleged breach of a non-disclosure agreement with Ajaxo pertaining to certain wireless technology that Ajaxo offered the Company as well as damages and other relief against the Company for their alleged misappropriation of Ajaxo’s trade secrets. Following a jury trial, a judgment was entered in 2003 in favor of Ajaxo against the Company for $1.3 million for breach of the Ajaxo non-disclosure agreement. Although the jury found in favor of Ajaxo on its claim against the Company for misappropriation of trade secrets, the trial court subsequently denied Ajaxo’s requests for additional damages and relief. On December 21, 2005, the California Court of Appeal affirmed the above-described award against the Company for breach of the nondisclosure agreement but remanded the case to the trial court for the limited purpose of determining what, if any, additional damages Ajaxo may be entitled to as a result of the jury’s previous finding in favor of Ajaxo on its claim against the Company for misappropriation of trade secrets. Although the Company paid Ajaxo the full amount due on the above-described judgment, the case was remanded back to the trial court, and on May 30, 2008, a jury returned a verdict in favor of the Company denying all claims raised and demands for damages against the Company. Following the trial court’s filing of entry of judgment in favor of the Company on September 5, 2008, Ajaxo filed post-trial motions for vacating this entry of judgment and requesting a new trial. By order dated November 4, 2008, the trial court denied these motions. On December 2, 2008, Ajaxo filed a notice of appeal with the Court of

 

94


Table of Contents

Appeal of the State of California for the Sixth District. Oral argument on the appeal was heard on July 15, 2010. On August 30, 2010, the Court of Appeal affirmed the trial court’s verdict in part and reversed the verdict in part, remanding the case. The Company petitioned the Supreme Court of California for review of the Court of Appeal decision. On December 16, 2010, the California Supreme Court denied the Company’s petition for review and remanded for further proceedings to the trial court. On September 20, 2011, the trial court granted limited discovery at a conference on November 4, 2011. The testimonial phase of the third trial in this matter commenced on February 21 and 22, 2012 and concluded on June 12, 2012. The parties await decision on whether there will be a second phase of this bench trial. The Company will continue to defend itself vigorously.

On October 2, 2007, a class action complaint alleging violations of the federal securities laws was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and its then Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Mitchell H. Caplan and Robert J. Simmons, respectively, by Larry Freudenberg on his own behalf and on behalf of others similarly situated (the “Freudenberg Action”). On July 17, 2008, the trial court consolidated this action with four other purported class actions, all of which were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and which were based on the same facts and circumstances. On January 16, 2009, plaintiffs served their consolidated amended class action complaint in which they also named Dennis Webb, the Company’s former Capital Markets Division President, as a defendant. Plaintiffs contend, among other things, that the value of the Company’s stock between April 19, 2006 and November 9, 2007 was artificially inflated because the defendants issued materially false and misleading statements and failed to disclose that the Company was experiencing a rise in delinquency rates in its mortgage and home equity portfolios; failed to timely record an impairment on its mortgage and home equity portfolios; materially overvalued its securities portfolio, which included assets backed by mortgages; and based on the foregoing, lacked a reasonable basis for the positive statements made about the Company’s earnings and prospects. The parties entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) on December 17, 2011 to settle these consolidated actions. On May 17, 2012, the parties submitted a Stipulation of Settlement and other supporting documents to the court for review. Under the terms of the Stipulation of Settlement, the Company and its insurance carriers will pay $79.0 million in return for full releases. Approximately $11.0 million of the total settlement figure will be paid by the Company, and was expensed in the year ended December 31, 2011. This settlement was approved by the Court and the class was certified by a final judgment and order of dismissal dated October 22, 2012. Administration of the settlement will continue into 2013.

On August 15, 2008, Ronald M. Tate as trustee of the Ronald M. Tate Trust Dtd 4/13/88, and George Avakian filed an action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company, Mitchell H. Caplan and Robert J. Simmons based on the same facts and circumstances, and containing the same claims, as the Freudenberg consolidated actions discussed above. By agreement of the parties and approval of the court, the Tate action was consolidated with the Freudenberg consolidated actions for the purpose of pre-trial discovery. Plaintiffs seek to recover damages in an amount to be proven at trial, including interest, attorneys’ and expert fees and costs. The plaintiffs in this action moved for exclusion from the settlement class in Freudenberg. The Court granted that relief on October 11, 2012 and ordered the parties to provide a status update within 30 days of its order.

Based upon the same facts and circumstances alleged in the Freudenberg consolidated actions discussed above, a verified shareholder derivative complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York on October 4, 2007 by Catherine Rubery, against the Company and its then Chief Executive Officer, President/Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and individual members of its board of directors. The Rubery complaint was consolidated with another shareholder derivative complaint brought by shareholder Marilyn Clark in the same court and against the same named defendants. On July 26, 2010, plaintiffs served their consolidated amended complaint, in which they also named Dennis Webb, the Company’s former Capital Markets Division President, as a defendant. Plaintiffs allege, among other things, causes of action for breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, unjust enrichment, and violation of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. The complaint seeks, among other things, unspecified monetary damages in favor of the Company, changes to certain corporate governance

 

95


Table of Contents

procedures and various forms of injunctive relief. While plaintiffs and defendants have agreed to many corporate governance provisions, the parties have not reached an agreement on the issue of plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees. The Company will continue to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

On February 3, 2010, a class action complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against E*TRADE Securities LLC by Joseph Roling on his own behalf and on behalf of all others similarly situated. The lead plaintiff alleges that E*TRADE Securities LLC unlawfully charged and collected certain account activity fees from its customers. Claimant, on behalf of himself and the putative class, asserts breach of contract, unjust enrichment and violation of California Civil Code Section 1671 and seeks equitable and injunctive relief for alleged illegal, unfair and fraudulent practices under California’s Unfair Competition Law, California Business and Professional Code Section 17200 et seq. The plaintiff seeks, among other things, certification of the class action on behalf of alleged similarly situated plaintiffs, unspecified damages and restitution of amounts allegedly wrongfully collected by E*TRADE Securities LLC, attorneys’ fees and expenses and injunctive relief. The Company moved to transfer venue on the case to the Southern District of New York; that motion was denied. The Court granted the Company’s motion to dismiss in part and denied the motion to dismiss in part. The Court bifurcated discovery to permit initial discovery on individual claims and class certification. Following preliminary discovery, Plaintiffs moved to amend their verified complaint for a second time, to assert new allegations and to add a plaintiff. The Company filed its opposition to this motion on December 27, 2011. On March 27, 2012, the Court granted the Company’s motion for summary judgement and granted the Company’s motion to dismiss. However, the Court allowed plaintiffs to seek a new class representative and permitted limited discovery on a narrow issue as to when the fee increase was posted on the Company’s website in 2005. On September 10, 2012, plaintiffs voluntarily withdrew the action with prejudice. E*TRADE paid no consideration for this dismissal, which was endorsed by the Court. There have been no appeals of the Court’s order dismissing the action.

On May 16, 2011, Droplets Inc., the holder of two patents pertaining to user interface servers, filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against E*TRADE Financial Corporation, E*TRADE Securities LLC, E*TRADE Bank and multiple other unaffiliated financial services firms. Plaintiff contends that the defendants engaged in patent infringement under federal law. Plaintiff seeks unspecified damages and an injunction against future infringements, plus royalties, costs, interest and attorneys’ fees. On September 30, 2011, the Company and several co-defendants filed a motion to transfer the case to the Southern District of New York. Venue discovery occurred throughout December 2011. On January 1, 2012, a new judge was assigned to the case. On March 28, 2012, a change of venue was granted and the case has been transferred to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The Company filed its answer and counterclaim on June 13, 2012 and plaintiff has moved to dismiss the counterclaim. E*TRADE filed a motion for summary judgment. Plaintiffs have sought to change venue back to the Eastern District of Texas on the theory that this case is one of several matters that should be consolidated in a single multi-district litigation. No hearing date has been set. The Company will defend itself vigorously in this matter.

Several cases have been filed nationwide involving the April 2007 leveraged buyout (“LBO”) of the Tribune Company (“Tribune”) by Sam Zell, and the subsequent bankruptcy of Tribune. In William Niese et al. v. A.G. Edwards et al., in Superior Court of Delaware, New Castle County, former Tribune employees and retirees claimed that Tribune was actually insolvent at the time of the LBO and that the LBO constituted a fraudulent transaction that depleted the plaintiffs’ retirement plans, rendering them worthless. E*TRADE Clearing LLC, along with numerous other financial institutions, is a named defendant, but has not been served with process. One of the defendants removed the action to federal district court in Delaware on July 1, 2011. In Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas et al. v. Adaly Opportunity Fund et al., filed in the Supreme Court of New York, New York County on June 3, 2011, the Trustees of certain notes issued by Tribune allege wrongdoing in connection with the LBO. In particular the Trustees claim that the LBO constituted a constructive fraudulent transfer under various state laws. E*TRADE Capital Markets, LLC, along with numerous other financial institutions, is a named defendant. In Deutsche Bank et al. v. Ohlson et al., filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, noteholders of Tribune asserted claims of constructive fraud. E*TRADE Capital Markets,

 

96


Table of Contents

LLC is a named defendant. In EGI-TRB LLC et al. v. ABN-AMRO et al., filed in the Circuit Court of Cook County Illinois, creditors of Tribune assert fraudulent conveyance claims against multiple shareholder defendants. E*TRADE Clearing LLC is a named defendant. There have been several motions filed by various parties to transfer venue and to consolidate these actions. The Company’s time to answer or otherwise respond to the complaints has been stayed pending further orders of the Court. The Court has set a motion schedule for omnibus motion to dismiss to be heard on March 1, 2013. Discovery remains stayed during this period. The Company will defend itself vigorously in these matters.

In addition to the matters described above, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business. In each pending matter, the Company contests liability or the amount of claimed damages. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages, or where investigation or discovery have yet to be completed, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate a range of possible losses on its remaining outstanding legal proceedings; however, the Company believes any losses would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

An unfavorable outcome in any matter could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, even if the ultimate outcomes are resolved in the Company’s favor, the defense of such litigation could entail considerable cost or the diversion of the efforts of management, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Regulatory Matters

The securities and banking industries are subject to extensive regulation under federal, state and applicable international laws. From time to time, the Company has been threatened with or named as a defendant in, lawsuits, arbitrations and administrative claims involving securities, banking and other matters. The Company is also subject to periodic regulatory audits and inspections. Compliance and trading problems that are reported to regulators, such as the SEC, FINRA or OCC by dissatisfied customers or others are investigated by such regulators, and may, if pursued, result in formal claims being filed against the Company by customers or disciplinary action being taken against the Company or its employees by regulators. Any such claims or disciplinary actions that are decided against the Company could have a material impact on the financial results of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

On October 17, 2007, the SEC initiated an informal inquiry into matters related to the Company’s mortgage loan and mortgage-related securities investment portfolios. The Company is cooperating fully with the SEC in this matter.

Beginning in approximately August 2008, representatives of various states attorneys general and FINRA initiated inquiries regarding the purchase of auction rate securities by E*TRADE Securities LLC’s customers. On February 9, 2011, E*TRADE Securities LLC received a “Wells Notice” from FINRA Staff stating that they have made a preliminary determination to recommend that disciplinary action be brought against E*TRADE Securities LLC for alleged violations of certain FINRA rules in connection with the purchases of auction rate securities by customers of E*TRADE Securities LLC. E*TRADE Securities LLC is cooperating with these inquiries and has submitted a Wells response to FINRA setting forth the bases for E*TRADE Securities LLC’s belief that disciplinary action is not warranted. On June 27, 2012, FINRA advised E*TRADE Securities LLC that it would not recommend disciplinary action in connection with this matter.

On January 19, 2010, the North Carolina Securities Division filed an administrative petition before the North Carolina Secretary of State against E*TRADE Securities LLC seeking to revoke the North Carolina securities dealer registration of E*TRADE Securities LLC or, alternatively, to suspend that registration until all North Carolina residents are made whole for their investments in auction rate securities purchased through

 

97


Table of Contents

E*TRADE Securities LLC. On March 8, 2011, E*TRADE Securities LLC, without admitting or denying the underlying allegations, findings or conclusions, resolved the North Carolina administrative action by entering into a consent order (“North Carolina Order”) pursuant to which E*TRADE Securities LLC agreed to pay a $25,000 civil penalty and to reimburse the North Carolina Securities Division’s investigative costs of $400,000. E*TRADE Securities LLC also agreed to various undertakings set forth in the North Carolina Order, including additional internal training on fixed income products and the retention of an independent consultant to review E*TRADE Securities LLC’s policies and procedures related to the approval and sale of fixed income products. As of September 30, 2012, no existing North Carolina customers held any auction rate securities.

On July 21, 2010, the Colorado Division of Securities filed an administrative complaint in the Colorado Office of Administrative Courts against E*TRADE Securities LLC based upon purchases of auction rate securities through E*TRADE Securities LLC by Colorado residents. On October 19, 2011, E*TRADE Securities LLC and the Colorado Division of Securities reached an agreement in principle to settle the Colorado proceeding whereby E*TRADE Securities LLC offered to purchase auction rate securities held by Colorado customers who found themselves unable to sell their securities after those securities had been frozen in the broader auction rate securities market. The agreement in principle also included an agreement with the NASAA whereby E*TRADE Securities LLC offered to purchase auction rate securities purchased through E*TRADE Securities LLC on a nationwide basis and pay a $5 million penalty to be allocated among 48 states and the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands but exclusive of North Carolina and South Carolina with whom E*TRADE Securities LLC previously had reached separate settlements. Under the agreement in principle each state will receive its allocated share of the $5 million penalty pursuant to administrative consent cease and desist orders to be entered into by each state. A Consent Order memorializing the agreement in principle as it related to Colorado customers was entered by the Colorado Securities Commissioner on November 16, 2011, and amended on November 23, 2011, whereby E*TRADE Securities LLC, without admitting or denying the underlying allegations, agreed to pay an administrative penalty to Colorado of $84,202, which amount constituted Colorado’s share of the total NASAA state settlement amount of $5 million, and to reimburse the Colorado Division of Securities’ costs associated with the administrative action in the amount of $596,580. Under the terms of the Consent Order, E*TRADE Securities LLC offered to purchase (or offered to arrange a third party to purchase), at par plus accrued and unpaid dividends and interest, from eligible investors nationwide their auction rate securities purchased through E*TRADE Securities LLC, or through an entity acquired by the Company, on or before February 13, 2008, if such auction rate securities had failed at auction at least once since February 13, 2008 (“the Purchase Offer”). E*TRADE Securities LLC also agreed to identify eligible investors who purchased auction rate securities through E*TRADE Securities LLC on or before February 13, 2008, and sold those securities below par between February 13, 2008, and November 16, 2011, and to reimburse those sellers the difference between par value and the actual sales price plus reasonable interest. E*TRADE Securities LLC agreed to hold open the Purchase Offer until May 15, 2012, and to various other undertakings set forth in the Consent Order, including the establishment of a dedicated toll-free telephone assistance line and website to provide information and to respond to questions regarding the Consent Order. As of September 30, 2012, the total amount of auction rate securities held by Colorado customers was approximately $25,000 and the total amount of auction rate securities held by E*TRADE Securities LLC customers nationwide (including Colorado customers) was approximately $2.8 million. The Company recorded a reserve of $48 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the second quarter of 2012, the Company recorded a benefit of $10.2 million related to a reduction in the reserve as a result of the completion of the Purchase Offer which expired on May 15, 2012. The reserve represented the Company’s estimate of the current fair value relative to par value of auction rate securities held by E*TRADE Securities LLC customers, as well as former customers who purchased auction rate securities through E*TRADE Securities LLC and are covered by the Consent Order. The agreement includes the resolution of all material individual auction rate securities arbitrations and litigations. The reserve also includes penalties and other estimated settlement costs.

On August 24, 2010, the South Carolina Securities Division filed an administrative complaint before the Securities Commissioner of South Carolina against E*TRADE Securities LLC based upon purchases of auction rate securities through E*TRADE Securities LLC by South Carolina residents. The complaint sought to suspend

 

98


Table of Contents

the South Carolina broker-dealer license of E*TRADE Securities LLC until South Carolina customers who purchased auction rate securities through E*TRADE Securities LLC and who wished to liquidate those positions were able to do so, and sought a fine not to exceed $10,000 for each potential violation of South Carolina statutes or rules. On March 25, 2011, E*TRADE Securities LLC, without admitting or denying the underlying allegations, findings or conclusions, resolved the South Carolina administrative action by entering into a consent order, pursuant to which E*TRADE Securities LLC agreed to pay a $10,000 civil penalty and to reimburse the South Carolina Securities Division’s investigative costs of $2,500. As of September 30, 2012, no existing South Carolina customers held any auction rate securities.

Insurance

The Company maintains insurance coverage that management believes is reasonable and prudent. The principal insurance coverage it maintains covers commercial general liability; property damage; hardware/software damage; cyber liability; directors and officers; employment practices liability; certain criminal acts against the Company; and errors and omissions. The Company believes that such insurance coverage is adequate for the purpose of its business. The Company’s ability to maintain this level of insurance coverage in the future, however, is subject to the availability of affordable insurance in the marketplace.

Reserves

For all legal matters, reserves are established in accordance with the loss contingencies accounting guidance. Once established, reserves are adjusted based on available information when an event occurs requiring an adjustment.

Commitments

In the normal course of business, the Company makes various commitments to extend credit and incur contingent liabilities that are not reflected in the consolidated balance sheet. Significant changes in the economy or interest rates may influence the impact that these commitments and contingencies have on the Company in the future.

Loans

The Company provided access to real estate loans for its customers through a third party company. The Company structured this arrangement to minimize the assumption of any of the typical risks commonly associated with mortgage lending. The third party company that provided this product performed all processing and underwriting of these loans. Shortly after closing, the third party company purchased the loans from the Company and is responsible for the credit risk associated with these loans. The Company had $46.1 million in commitments to originate loans, $14.9 million in commitments to sell loans and no commitments to purchase loans at September 30, 2012.

Other Investments

The Company has investments in low-income housing tax credit partnerships and other limited partnerships. The Company had $4.4 million in commitments to fund low income housing tax credit partnerships and other limited partnerships as of September 30, 2012.

Securities, Unused Lines of Credit and Certificates of Deposit

At September 30, 2012, the Company had commitments to purchase $0.5 billion in securities and commitments to sell $0.4 billion in securities. In addition, the Company had approximately $0.1 billion of certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in less than one year and $0.7 billion of unfunded commitments to extend credit.

 

99


Table of Contents

Guarantees

In prior periods when the Company sold loans, the Company provided guarantees to investors purchasing mortgage loans, which are considered standard representations and warranties within the mortgage industry. The primary guarantees are that: the mortgage and the mortgage note have been duly executed and each is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms; the mortgage has been duly acknowledged and recorded and is valid; and the mortgage and the mortgage note are not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense, including, without limitation, the defense of usury, and no such right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense has been asserted with respect thereto. The Company is responsible for the guarantees on loans sold. If these claims prove to be untrue, the investor can require the Company to repurchase the loan and return all loan purchase and servicing release premiums. Management does not believe the potential liability exposure will have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial condition due to the nature of the standard representations and warranties, which have resulted in a minimal amount of loan repurchases.

ETBH raised capital through the formation of trusts, which sold trust preferred securities in the capital markets. The capital securities are mandatorily redeemable in whole at the due date, which is generally 30 years after issuance. Each trust issues trust preferred securities at par, with a liquidation amount of $1,000 per capital security. The proceeds from the sale of issuances are invested in ETBH’s subordinated debentures.

During the 30-year period prior to the redemption of the trust preferred securities, ETBH guarantees the accrued and unpaid distributions on these securities, as well as the redemption price of the securities and certain costs that may be incurred in liquidating, terminating or dissolving the trusts (all of which would otherwise be payable by the trusts). At September 30, 2012, management estimated that the maximum potential liability under this arrangement is equal to approximately $436.7 million or the total face value of these securities plus dividends, which may be unpaid at the termination of the trust arrangement.

NOTE 13—SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company reports its operating results in two segments, based on the manner in which its chief operating decision maker evaluates financial performance and makes resource allocation decisions: 1) trading and investing; and 2) balance sheet management. Trading and investing includes retail brokerage products and services; investor-focused banking products; market making; and corporate services. Balance sheet management includes the management of asset allocation; loans previously originated by the Company or purchased from third parties; customer cash and deposits; and credit, liquidity and interest rate risk.

The Company does not allocate costs associated with certain functions that are centrally-managed to its operating segments. These costs are separately reported in a corporate/other category, along with technology related costs incurred to support centrally-managed functions; restructuring and other exit activities; and corporate debt and corporate investments. The balance sheet management segment utilizes the vast majority of customer cash and deposits and compensates the trading and investing segment via a market-based transfer pricing arrangement, which is eliminated in consolidation. Customer cash and deposits utilized by the balance sheet management segment include retail deposits and customer payables.

 

100


Table of Contents

The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on the segment’s income (loss) before income taxes. Financial information for the Company’s reportable segments is presented in the following tables (dollars in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended September 30, 2012  
     Trading and
Investing
     Balance  Sheet
Management
    Corporate/
Other
    Total  

Net operating interest income

   $ 156,805      $ 104,072     $ —        $ 260,877  

Total non-interest income

     150,662        78,502       (6     229,158  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     307,467        182,574       (6     490,035  

Provision for loan losses

     —           141,019       —          141,019  

Total operating expense

     180,463        53,204       55,366       289,033  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before other income (expense) and income taxes

     127,004        (11,649     (55,372     59,983  

Total other income (expense)

     —           —          (96,286     (96,286
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 127,004      $ (11,649   $ (151,658     (36,303
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income tax benefit

            (7,678
         

 

 

 

Net loss

          $ (28,625
         

 

 

 

 

     Three Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     Trading and
Investing
     Balance Sheet
Management
    Corporate/
Other
    Total  

Net operating interest income

   $ 185,532      $ 120,042     $ 4     $ 305,578  

Total non-interest income

     177,371        24,328       (2     201,697  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     362,903        144,370       2       507,275  

Provision for loan losses

     —           98,384       —          98,384  

Total operating expense

     237,853        66,425       37,434       341,712  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before other income (expense) and income taxes

     125,050        (20,439     (37,432     67,179  

Total other income (expense)

     —           —          (44,239     (44,239
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 125,050      $ (20,439   $ (81,671     22,940  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income tax benefit

            (47,756
         

 

 

 

Net income

          $ 70,696  
         

 

 

 

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012  
     Trading and
Investing
     Balance Sheet
Management
     Corporate/
Other
    Total  

Net operating interest income

   $ 492,456      $ 332,374      $ 4     $ 824,834  

Total non-interest income

     472,771        134,254        (19     607,006  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     965,227        466,628        (15     1,431,840  

Provision for loan losses

     —           280,227        —          280,227  

Total operating expense

     580,113        168,407        128,207       876,727  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before other income (expense) and income taxes

     385,114        17,994        (128,222     274,886  

Total other income (expense)

     —           —           (184,655     (184,655
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 385,114      $ 17,994      $ (312,877     90,231  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Income tax expense

             16,755  
          

 

 

 

Net income

           $ 73,476  
          

 

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents
     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011  
     Trading and
Investing
     Balance Sheet
Management
    Corporate/
Other
    Total  

Net operating interest income

   $ 566,136      $ 364,549     $ 16     $ 930,701  

Total non-interest income

     546,704        84,229       (45     630,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     1,112,840        448,778       (29     1,561,589  

Provision for loan losses

     —           317,578       —          317,578  

Total operating expense

     633,061        178,155       119,428       930,644  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before other income (expense) and income taxes

     479,779        (46,955     (119,457     313,367  

Total other income (expense)

     —           —          (128,855     (128,855
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 479,779      $ (46,955   $ (248,312     184,512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income tax expense

            21,465  
         

 

 

 

Net income

          $ 163,047  
         

 

 

 

Segment Assets

 

     Trading and
Investing
     Balance Sheet
Management
     Corporate /
Other
     Total  

As of September 30, 2012

   $ 10,256,828      $ 39,330,118      $ 768,659         $ 50,355,605  

As of December 31, 2011

   $ 9,608,020      $ 37,123,118      $ 1,209,314         $ 47,940,452  

ITEM 4.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

  (a)  

Our Chairman & Interim Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report, have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective based on their evaluation of these controls and procedures required by paragraph (b) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15.

 

  (b)  

Our Chairman & Interim Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our last fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2012, as required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15, and have concluded that there were no such changes that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART II—OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On October 27, 2000, Ajaxo, Inc. (“Ajaxo”) filed a complaint in the Superior Court for the State of California, County of Santa Clara. Ajaxo sought damages and certain non-monetary relief for the Company’s alleged breach of a non-disclosure agreement with Ajaxo pertaining to certain wireless technology that Ajaxo offered the Company as well as damages and other relief against the Company for their alleged misappropriation of Ajaxo’s trade secrets. Following a jury trial, a judgment was entered in 2003 in favor of Ajaxo against the Company for $1.3 million for breach of the Ajaxo non-disclosure agreement. Although the jury found in favor of Ajaxo on its claim against the Company for misappropriation of trade secrets, the trial court subsequently denied Ajaxo’s requests for additional damages and relief. On December 21, 2005, the California Court of Appeal affirmed the above-described award against the Company for breach of the nondisclosure agreement but remanded the case to the trial court for the limited purpose of determining what, if any, additional damages

 

102


Table of Contents

Ajaxo may be entitled to as a result of the jury’s previous finding in favor of Ajaxo on its claim against the Company for misappropriation of trade secrets. Although the Company paid Ajaxo the full amount due on the above-described judgment, the case was remanded back to the trial court, and on May 30, 2008, a jury returned a verdict in favor of the Company denying all claims raised and demands for damages against the Company. Following the trial court’s filing of entry of judgment in favor of the Company on September 5, 2008, Ajaxo filed post-trial motions for vacating this entry of judgment and requesting a new trial. By order dated November 4, 2008, the trial court denied these motions. On December 2, 2008, Ajaxo filed a notice of appeal with the Court of Appeal of the State of California for the Sixth District. Oral argument on the appeal was heard on July 15, 2010. On August 30, 2010, the Court of Appeal affirmed the trial court’s verdict in part and reversed the verdict in part, remanding the case. The Company petitioned the Supreme Court of California for review of the Court of Appeal decision. On December 16, 2010, the California Supreme Court denied the Company’s petition for review and remanded for further proceedings to the trial court. On September 20, 2011, the trial court granted limited discovery at a conference on November 4, 2011. The testimonial phase of the third trial in this matter commenced on February 21 and 22, 2012 and concluded on June 12, 2012. The parties await decision on whether there will be a second phase of this bench trial. The Company will continue to defend itself vigorously.

On October 2, 2007, a class action complaint alleging violations of the federal securities laws was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and its then Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Mitchell H. Caplan and Robert J. Simmons, respectively, by Larry Freudenberg on his own behalf and on behalf of others similarly situated (the “Freudenberg Action”). On July 17, 2008, the trial court consolidated this action with four other purported class actions, all of which were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and which were based on the same facts and circumstances. On January 16, 2009, plaintiffs served their consolidated amended class action complaint in which they also named Dennis Webb, the Company’s former Capital Markets Division President, as a defendant. Plaintiffs contend, among other things, that the value of the Company’s stock between April 19, 2006 and November 9, 2007 was artificially inflated because the defendants issued materially false and misleading statements and failed to disclose that the Company was experiencing a rise in delinquency rates in its mortgage and home equity portfolios; failed to timely record an impairment on its mortgage and home equity portfolios; materially overvalued its securities portfolio, which included assets backed by mortgages; and based on the foregoing, lacked a reasonable basis for the positive statements made about the Company’s earnings and prospects. The parties entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) on December 17, 2011 to settle these consolidated actions. On May 17, 2012, the parties submitted a Stipulation of Settlement and other supporting documents to the court for review. Under the terms of the Stipulation of Settlement, the Company and its insurance carriers will pay $79.0 million in return for full releases. Approximately $11.0 million of the total settlement figure will be paid by the Company, and was expensed in the year ended December 31, 2011. This settlement was approved by the court and the class was certified by a final judgement and order of dismissal dated October 22, 2012. Administration of the settlement will continue into 2013.

On October 17, 2007, the SEC initiated an informal inquiry into matters related to the Company’s mortgage loan and mortgage-related securities investment portfolios. The Company is cooperating fully with the SEC in this matter.

On August 15, 2008, Ronald M. Tate as trustee of the Ronald M. Tate Trust Dtd 4/13/88, and George Avakian filed an action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company, Mitchell H. Caplan and Robert J. Simmons based on the same facts and circumstances, and containing the same claims, as the Freudenberg consolidated actions discussed above. By agreement of the parties and approval of the court, the Tate action was consolidated with the Freudenberg consolidated actions for the purpose of pre-trial discovery. Plaintiffs seek to recover damages in an amount to be proven at trial, including interest, attorneys’ and expert fees and costs. The plaintiffs in this action moved for exclusion from the settlement class in Freudenberg. The Court granted that relief on October 11, 2012 and ordered the parties to provide a status update within 30 days of its order.

 

103


Table of Contents

Based upon the same facts and circumstances alleged in the Freudenberg consolidated actions discussed above, a verified shareholder derivative complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York on October 4, 2007 by Catherine Rubery, against the Company and its then Chief Executive Officer, President/Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and individual members of its board of directors. The Rubery complaint was consolidated with another shareholder derivative complaint brought by shareholder Marilyn Clark in the same court and against the same named defendants. On July 26, 2010, plaintiffs served their consolidated amended complaint, in which they also named Dennis Webb, the Company’s former Capital Markets Division President, as a defendant. Plaintiffs allege, among other things, causes of action for breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, unjust enrichment, and violation of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. The complaint seeks, among other things, unspecified monetary damages in favor of the Company, changes to certain corporate governance procedures and various forms of injunctive relief. While plaintiffs and defendants have agreed to many corporate governance provisions, the parties have not reached an agreement on the issue of plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees. The Company will continue to defend itself vigorously in this matter.

Beginning in approximately August 2008, representatives of various states attorneys general and FINRA initiated inquiries regarding the purchase of auction rate securities by E*TRADE Securities LLC’s customers. On February 9, 2011, E*TRADE Securities LLC received a “Wells Notice” from FINRA Staff stating that they have made a preliminary determination to recommend that disciplinary action be brought against E*TRADE Securities LLC for alleged violations of certain FINRA rules in connection with the purchases of auction rate securities by customers of E*TRADE Securities LLC. E*TRADE Securities LLC is cooperating with these inquiries and has submitted a Wells response to FINRA setting forth the bases for E*TRADE Securities LLC’s belief that disciplinary action is not warranted. On June 27, 2012, FINRA advised E*TRADE Securities LLC that it would not recommend disciplinary action in connection with this matter.

On January 19, 2010, the North Carolina Securities Division filed an administrative petition before the North Carolina Secretary of State against E*TRADE Securities LLC seeking to revoke the North Carolina securities dealer registration of E*TRADE Securities LLC or, alternatively, to suspend that registration until all North Carolina residents are made whole for their investments in auction rate securities purchased through E*TRADE Securities LLC. On March 8, 2011, E*TRADE Securities LLC, without admitting or denying the underlying allegations, findings or conclusions, resolved the North Carolina administrative action by entering into a consent order (“North Carolina Order”) pursuant to which E*TRADE Securities LLC agreed to pay a $25,000 civil penalty and to reimburse the North Carolina Securities Division’s investigative costs of $400,000. E*TRADE Securities LLC also agreed to various undertakings set forth in the North Carolina Order, including additional internal training on fixed income products and the retention of an independent consultant to review E*TRADE Securities LLC’s policies and procedures related to the approval and sale of fixed income products. As of September 30, 2012, no existing North Carolina customers held any auction rate securities.

On February 3, 2010, a class action complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against E*TRADE Securities LLC by Joseph Roling on his own behalf and on behalf of all others similarly situated. The lead plaintiff alleges that E*TRADE Securities LLC unlawfully charged and collected certain account activity fees from its customers. Claimant, on behalf of himself and the putative class, asserts breach of contract, unjust enrichment and violation of California Civil Code Section 1671 and seeks equitable and injunctive relief for alleged illegal, unfair and fraudulent practices under California’s Unfair Competition Law, California Business and Professional Code Section 17200 et seq. The plaintiff seeks, among other things, certification of the class action on behalf of alleged similarly situated plaintiffs, unspecified damages and restitution of amounts allegedly wrongfully collected by E*TRADE Securities LLC, attorneys’ fees and expenses and injunctive relief. The Company moved to transfer venue on the case to the Southern District of New York; that motion was denied. The Court granted the Company’s motion to dismiss in part and denied the motion to dismiss in part. The Court bifurcated discovery to permit initial discovery on individual claims and class certification. Following preliminary discovery, Plaintiffs moved to amend their verified complaint for a second time, to assert new allegations and to add a plaintiff. The Company filed its opposition to this motion on

 

104


Table of Contents

December 27, 2011. On March 27, 2012, the Court granted the Company’s motion for summary judgement and granted the Company’s motion to dismiss. However, the Court allowed plaintiffs to seek a new class representative and permitted limited discovery on a narrow issue as to when the fee increase was posted on the Company’s website in 2005. On September 10, 2012, plaintiffs voluntarily withdrew the action with prejudice. E*TRADE paid no consideration for this dismissal, which was endorsed by the Court. There have been no appeals of the Court’s order dismissing the action.

On July 21, 2010, the Colorado Division of Securities filed an administrative complaint in the Colorado Office of Administrative Courts against E*TRADE Securities LLC based upon purchases of auction rate securities through E*TRADE Securities LLC by Colorado residents. On October 19, 2011, E*TRADE Securities LLC and the Colorado Division of Securities reached an agreement in principle to settle the Colorado proceeding whereby E*TRADE Securities LLC offered to purchase auction rate securities held by Colorado customers who found themselves unable to sell their securities after those securities had been frozen in the broader auction rate securities market. The agreement in principle also included an agreement with the NASAA whereby E*TRADE Securities LLC offered to purchase auction rate securities purchased through E*TRADE Securities LLC on a nationwide basis and pay a $5 million penalty to be allocated among 48 states and the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands but exclusive of North Carolina and South Carolina with whom E*TRADE Securities LLC previously had reached separate settlements. Under the agreement in principle each state will receive its allocated share of the $5 million penalty pursuant to administrative consent cease and desist orders to be entered into by each state. A Consent Order memorializing the agreement in principle as it related to Colorado customers was entered by the Colorado Securities Commissioner on November 16, 2011, and amended on November 23, 2011, whereby E*TRADE Securities LLC, without admitting or denying the underlying allegations, agreed to pay an administrative penalty to Colorado of $84,202, which amount constituted Colorado’s share of the total NASAA state settlement amount of $5 million, and to reimburse the Colorado Division of Securities’ costs associated with the administrative action in the amount of $596,580. Under the terms of the Consent Order, E*TRADE Securities LLC offered to purchase (or offered to arrange a third party to purchase), at par plus accrued and unpaid dividends and interest, from eligible investors nationwide their auction rate securities purchased through E*TRADE Securities LLC, or through an entity acquired by the Company, on or before February 13, 2008, if such auction rate securities had failed at auction at least once since February 13, 2008 (“the Purchase Offer”). E*TRADE Securities LLC also agreed to identify eligible investors who purchased auction rate securities through E*TRADE Securities LLC on or before February 13, 2008, and sold those securities below par between February 13, 2008, and November 16, 2011, and to reimburse those sellers the difference between par value and the actual sales price plus reasonable interest. E*TRADE Securities LLC agreed to hold open the Purchase Offer until May 15, 2012, and to various other undertakings set forth in the Consent Order, including the establishment of a dedicated toll-free telephone assistance line and website to provide information and to respond to questions regarding the Consent Order. As of September 30, 2012, the total amount of auction rate securities held by Colorado customers was approximately $25,000 and the total amount of auction rate securities held by E*TRADE Securities LLC customers nationwide (including Colorado customers) was approximately $2.8 million. The Company recorded a reserve of $48 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the second quarter of 2012, the Company recorded a benefit of $10.2 million related to a reduction in the reserve as a result of the completion of the Purchase Offer which expired on May 15, 2012. The reserve represented the Company’s estimate of the current fair value relative to par value of auction rate securities held by E*TRADE Securities LLC customers, as well as former customers who purchased auction rate securities through E*TRADE Securities LLC and are covered by the Consent Order. The agreement includes the resolution of all material individual auction rate securities arbitrations and litigations. The reserve also includes penalties and other estimated settlement costs.

On August 24, 2010, the South Carolina Securities Division filed an administrative complaint before the Securities Commissioner of South Carolina against E*TRADE Securities LLC based upon purchases of auction rate securities through E*TRADE Securities LLC by South Carolina residents. The complaint sought to suspend the South Carolina broker-dealer license of E*TRADE Securities LLC until South Carolina customers who purchased auction rate securities through E*TRADE Securities LLC and who wished to liquidate those positions

 

105


Table of Contents

were able to do so, and sought a fine not to exceed $10,000 for each potential violation of South Carolina statutes or rules. On March 25, 2011, E*TRADE Securities LLC, without admitting or denying the underlying allegations, findings or conclusions, resolved the South Carolina administrative action by entering into a consent order, pursuant to which E*TRADE Securities LLC agreed to pay a $10,000 civil penalty and to reimburse the South Carolina Securities Division’s investigative costs of $2,500. As of September 30, 2012, no existing South Carolina customers held any auction rate securities.

On May 16, 2011, Droplets Inc., the holder of two patents pertaining to user interface servers, filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas against E*TRADE Financial Corporation, E*TRADE Securities LLC, E*TRADE Bank and multiple other unaffiliated financial services firms. Plaintiff contends that the defendants engaged in patent infringement under federal law. Plaintiff seeks unspecified damages and an injunction against future infringements, plus royalties, costs, interest and attorneys’ fees. On September 30, 2011, the Company and several co-defendants filed a motion to transfer the case to the Southern District of New York. Venue discovery occurred throughout December 2011. On January 1, 2012, a new judge was assigned to the case. On March 28, 2012, a change of venue was granted and the case has been transferred to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The Company filed its answer and counterclaim on June 13, 2012 and plaintiff has moved to dismiss the counterclaim. E*TRADE filed a motion for summary judgment. Plaintiffs have sought to change venue back to the Eastern District of Texas on the theory that this case is one of several matters that should be consolidated in a single multi-district litigation. No hearing date has been set. The Company will defend itself vigorously in this matter.

Several cases have been filed nationwide involving the April 2007 leveraged buyout (“LBO”) of the Tribune Company (“Tribune”) by Sam Zell, and the subsequent bankruptcy of Tribune. In William Niese et al. v. A.G. Edwards et al., in Superior Court of Delaware, New Castle County, former Tribune employees and retirees claimed that Tribune was actually insolvent at the time of the LBO and that the LBO constituted a fraudulent transaction that depleted the plaintiffs’ retirement plans, rendering them worthless. E*TRADE Clearing LLC, along with numerous other financial institutions, is a named defendant, but has not been served with process. One of the defendants removed the action to federal district court in Delaware on July 1, 2011. In Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas et al. v. Adaly Opportunity Fund et al., filed in the Supreme Court of New York, New York County on June 3, 2011, the Trustees of certain notes issued by Tribune allege wrongdoing in connection with the LBO. In particular the Trustees claim that the LBO constituted a constructive fraudulent transfer under various state laws. E*TRADE Capital Markets, LLC, along with numerous other financial institutions, is a named defendant. In Deutsche Bank et al. v. Ohlson et al., filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, noteholders of Tribune asserted claims of constructive fraud. E*TRADE Capital Markets, LLC is a named defendant. In EGI-TRB LLC et al. v. ABN-AMRO et al., filed in the Circuit Court of Cook County Illinois, creditors of Tribune assert fraudulent conveyance claims against multiple shareholder defendants. E*TRADE Clearing LLC is a named defendant. There have been several motions filed by various parties to transfer venue and to consolidate these actions. The Company’s time to answer or otherwise respond to the complaints has been stayed pending further orders of the Court. The Court has set a motion schedule for omnibus motion to dismiss to be heard on March 1, 2013. Discovery remains stayed during this period. The Company will defend itself vigorously in these matters.

In addition to the matters described above, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business. In each pending matter, the Company contests liability or the amount of claimed damages. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages, or where investigation or discovery have yet to be completed, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate a range of possible losses on its remaining outstanding legal proceedings; however, the Company believes any losses would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

An unfavorable outcome in any matter could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, even if the ultimate outcomes are resolved in

 

106


Table of Contents

the Company’s favor, the defense of such litigation could entail considerable cost or the diversion of the efforts of management, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company maintains insurance coverage that management believes is reasonable and prudent. The principal insurance coverage it maintains covers commercial general liability; property damage; hardware/software damage; cyber liability; directors and officers; employment practices liability; certain criminal acts against the Company; and errors and omissions. The Company believes that such insurance coverage is adequate for the purpose of its business. The Company’s ability to maintain this level of insurance coverage in the future, however, is subject to the availability of affordable insurance in the marketplace.

 

ITEM 1A.     RISK FACTORS

The risks relating to the regulation of our business presented below are updated from what was previously disclosed in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K and should be considered in addition to all of the other risk factors disclosed in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Risks Relating to the Regulation of Our Business

We are subject to extensive government regulation, including banking and securities rules and regulations, which could restrict our business practices.

The securities and banking industries are subject to extensive regulation. All of our broker-dealer subsidiaries have to comply with many laws and rules, including rules relating to sales practices and the suitability of recommendations to customers, possession and control of customer funds and securities, margin lending, execution and settlement of transactions and anti-money laundering. We are also subject to additional laws and rules as a result of our market maker operations.

Similarly, E*TRADE Financial Corporation and ETB Holdings, Inc., as savings and loan holding companies, and E*TRADE Bank, E*TRADE Savings Bank and E*TRADE United Bank, as federally chartered savings banks, are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC and the Federal Reserve (including pursuant to the terms of the memoranda of understanding that E*TRADE Financial Corporation entered into with the Federal Reserve and that E*TRADE Bank entered into with the OCC) and, in the case of the savings banks, also the FDIC. Such regulation covers all banking business, including lending practices, safeguarding deposits, capital structure, recordkeeping, transactions with affiliates and conduct and qualifications of personnel.

Recently enacted regulatory reform legislation may have a material impact on our operations. In addition, if we are unable to meet these new requirements, we could face negative regulatory consequences, which would have a material negative effect on our business.

On July 21, 2010, the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. This law contains various provisions designed to enhance financial stability and to reduce the likelihood of another financial crisis and significantly changed the bank regulatory structure for our Company and its thrift subsidiaries. Portions of the Dodd-Frank Act were effective immediately, but many provisions will only be effective after the adoption of implementing regulations, which have been delayed in numerous cases. The key effects of the Dodd-Frank Act, when fully implemented, on our business are:

   

changes to the thrift supervisory structure;

   

changes to regulatory capital requirements;

   

changes to the assessment base used by depository institutions to calculate their FDIC insurance premiums, increases in the minimum reserve ratio for the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund to 1.35%, and imposition of the additional costs of this increase on depository institutions with assets of $10 billion or more; and

 

107


Table of Contents
   

establishment of the CFPB with broad authority to implement new consumer protection regulations and, for banks and thrifts with $10 billion or more in assets, to examine and enforce compliance with federal consumer laws.

Under the legislation, the OTS was abolished in July 2011 and its functions and personnel were distributed among the OCC, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve. Primary jurisdiction for the supervision and regulation of savings and loan holding companies, including the Company, was transferred to the Federal Reserve; supervision and regulation of federal savings associations, such as the Company’s three thrift subsidiaries, was transferred to the OCC. Although the Dodd-Frank Act maintains the federal thrift charter, it eliminates certain preemption, branching and other benefits of the charter and imposes new penalties for failure to comply with the qualified thrift lender test. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires all companies, including savings and loan holding companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution, to serve as a source of strength for the institution, including committing necessary capital and liquidity support.

We are required to file periodic reports with the Federal Reserve and are subject to examination and supervision by them. The Federal Reserve also has certain types of enforcement powers over us, ETB Holdings, Inc., and our non-depository institution subsidiaries, including the ability to issue cease-and-desist orders, force divestiture of our thrift subsidiaries and impose civil and monetary penalties for violations of federal banking laws and regulations or for unsafe or unsound banking practices. Our thrift subsidiaries are subject to similar reporting, examination, supervision and enforcement oversight by the OCC. In concurrence with the transfer of parent company supervisory authority from the OTS to the Federal Reserve, the Federal Reserve has issued guidance aligning the supervisory and regulatory standards of savings and loan holding companies more closely with the standards applicable to bank holding companies. The Federal Reserve had also indicated that its supervision of savings and loan holding companies may entail a more rigorous level of review than previously applied by the OTS.

The Dodd-Frank Act also creates a new independent regulatory body, the CFPB, which has been given broad rulemaking authority to implement the consumer protection laws that apply to banks and thrifts and to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. For all banks and thrifts with total consolidated assets over $10 billion, including E*TRADE Bank, the CFPB has exclusive rulemaking and examination, and primary enforcement authority, under federal consumer financial laws and regulations. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB.

For us, one of the most significant changes under the new law is that savings and loan holding companies such as our Company for the first time will become subject to the same capital and activity requirements as those applicable to bank holding companies. In addition, we will be subject to the same capital requirements as those applied to banks, which requirements exclude, on a phase-out basis, all trust preferred securities from Tier I capital. The Dodd-Frank Act provides for a five year phase-in period for these new capital requirements. We fully expect to meet the capital requirements applicable to thrift holding companies as they are phased in. However, it is possible that our regulators may impose more stringent capital and other prudential standards on us prior to the end of the five year phase-in period. For example, both the Federal Reserve and the OCC have proposed rules that would ultimately require the parent company and E*TRADE Bank, respectively, to conduct capital adequacy stress tests on their operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, the details, substance, and impact of which may not be known for months or years. It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impacts the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet-to-be-written rules and regulations may have on us. However, given that the legislation is likely to materially change the regulatory environment for the financial services industry in which we operate, we expect at a minimum that our compliance costs will increase.

 

108


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with applicable securities and banking laws, rules and regulations, either domestically or internationally, we could be subject to disciplinary actions, damages, penalties or restrictions that could significantly harm our business.

The SEC, FINRA and other self-regulatory organizations and state securities commissions, among other things, can censure, fine, issue cease-and-desist orders or suspend or expel a broker-dealer or any of its officers or employees. The OCC and Federal Reserve may take similar action with respect to our banking and other financial activities, respectively. Similarly, the attorneys general of each state could bring legal action on behalf of the citizens of the various states to ensure compliance with local laws. Regulatory agencies in countries outside of the U.S. have similar authority. The ability to comply with applicable laws and rules is dependent in part on the establishment and maintenance of a reasonable compliance system. The failure to establish and enforce reasonable compliance procedures, even if unintentional, could subject us to significant losses or disciplinary or other actions.

We have initiated a review of order handling practices and pricing for order flow between E*TRADE Securities LLC and our registered market-maker. The review was prompted by questions raised by a member of our Board of Directors and was initiated at the request of our Chairman and General Counsel as a result of the questions raised. The purpose of the review is to ensure that E*TRADE Securities is providing “best execution” of customer orders and dealing appropriately with its affiliate under applicable regulatory standards. The review is being conducted by separate firms of outside broker-dealer and bank regulatory counsel and we have informed the applicable regulatory agencies of the review. Based upon the review to date, the firms have recommended that we implement changes to improve upon our standards, processes and compliance procedures. The Company agrees with these recommendations and is implementing them. Broker-dealer counsel is currently completing its analysis of the data necessary to assess the quality of execution by E*TRADE Securities and bank regulatory counsel will complete its review following the completion of the review by broker-dealer counsel. If violations are found, bank and federal and state securities regulators could initiate investigations and we could be subject to monetary penalties and cease-and-desist orders. Claims might also be made by customers of our broker-dealer. Any of these actions could adversely affect our market making and trade execution businesses.

If we do not maintain the capital levels required by regulators, we may be fined or even forced out of business.

The SEC, FINRA, the OCC, the Federal Reserve and various other regulatory agencies have stringent rules with respect to the maintenance of specific levels of regulatory capital by banks and net capital by securities broker-dealers. E*TRADE Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the OCC, and E*TRADE Financial Corporation will, for the first time, become subject to specific capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could harm E*TRADE Bank’s and E*TRADE Financial Corporation’s operations and financial statements.

E*TRADE Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of E*TRADE Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require E*TRADE Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier I capital to adjusted total assets. To satisfy the capital requirements for a “well capitalized” financial institution, E*TRADE Bank must maintain higher total and Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets and Tier I capital to adjusted total assets ratios. E*TRADE Bank’s capital amounts and classification are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about the strength of components of its capital, risk weightings of assets, off-balance sheet transactions and other factors. Any significant reduction in E*TRADE Bank’s regulatory capital could result in E*TRADE Bank being less than “well capitalized” or “adequately capitalized” under applicable capital rules. A failure of E*TRADE Bank to be “adequately capitalized” which is not cured within time periods specified in the indentures governing our debt securities would constitute a default under our debt securities and likely result in the debt securities becoming immediately due and payable at their full face value.

 

109


Table of Contents

The regulators may request we raise equity to increase the regulatory capital of E*TRADE Bank or to further reduce debt. If we were unable to raise equity, we could face negative regulatory consequences, such as restrictions on our activities, requirements that we divest ourselves of certain businesses and requirements that we dispose of certain assets and liabilities within a prescribed period. Any such actions could have a material negative effect on our business.

Similarly, failure to maintain the required net capital by our securities broker-dealers could result in suspension or revocation of registration by the SEC and suspension or expulsion by FINRA, and could ultimately lead to the firm’s liquidation. If such net capital rules are changed or expanded, or if there is an unusually large charge against net capital, operations that require an intensive use of capital could be limited. Such operations may include investing activities, marketing and the financing of customer account balances. Also, our ability to withdraw capital from brokerage subsidiaries could be restricted.

As a non-grandfathered savings and loan holding company, we are subject to activity limitations and requirements that could restrict our ability to engage in certain activities and take advantage of business opportunities.

Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, our activities are restricted to those that are financial in nature and certain real estate-related activities. We believe all of our existing activities and investments are permissible under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. At the same time, we are unable to pursue future activities that are not financial in nature or otherwise real-estate related. We are also limited in our ability to invest in other savings and loan holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires savings and loan holding companies like ours, as well as all of our thrift subsidiaries, to be both “well capitalized” and “well managed” in order for us to conduct certain financial activities, such as market making and securities underwriting. We believe that we will be able to continue to engage in all of our current financial activities. However, if we and our thrift subsidiaries are unable to satisfy the above “well capitalized” and “well managed” requirements, we could be subject to activity restrictions that could prevent us from engaging in market making and securities underwriting, as well as other negative regulatory actions.

In addition, E*TRADE Bank is subject to extensive regulation of its activities and investments, capitalization, community reinvestment, risk management policies and procedures and relationships with affiliated companies. Acquisitions of and mergers with other financial institutions, purchases of deposits and loan portfolios, the establishment of new depository institution subsidiaries and the commencement of new activities by bank subsidiaries require the prior approval of the OCC and the Federal Reserve, and in some cases the FDIC, which may deny approval or limit the scope of our planned activity. Our compliance with these regulations and conditions could place us at a competitive disadvantage in an environment in which consolidation within the financial services industry is prevalent. Also, these regulations and conditions could affect our ability to realize synergies from future acquisitions, could negatively affect us following an acquisition and could also delay or prevent the development, introduction and marketing of new products and services. In addition, E*TRADE Clearing LLC and E*TRADE Securities LLC, as operating subsidiaries of E*TRADE Bank, are subject to increased regulatory oversight and the same activity restrictions that are applicable to E*TRADE Bank.

 

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None.

 

ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

110


Table of Contents
ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

 

  *10.1  

Separation Agreement dated August 9, 2012 by and between the Company and Steven J. Freiberg.

  *31.1  

Certification—Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  *31.2  

Certification—Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  *32.1  

Certification—Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

*101.INS  

XBRL Instance Document

*101.SCH  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

*101.CAL  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

*101.DEF  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

*101.LAB  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

*101.PRE  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

* Filed herein.

 

111


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: November 1, 2012

 

E*TRADE Financial Corporation

(Registrant)

By

 

/S/     FRANK J. PETRILLI        

 

 

Frank J. Petrilli

Chairman & Interim Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

By

 

/S/     MATTHEW J. AUDETTE        

 

 

Matthew J. Audette

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

112